In A World We Must Defend (Pokemon)

3.D- Interlude: Em [1]
The sun beats down harshly over the Thirrigamu Desert as it moves inexorably towards its zenith. There is a haze over the road that impedes vision further along the road, though it is far enough away that it should present no difficulties to navigation.

Inside the car, things remain at a temperature range much more conducive to the continued well-being of mammals designed for a more temperate climate. The car's inbuilt cooling system was set to a comfortable twenty-three degrees. The vehicle itself was checked over the last time it was returned, as standard practice dictates, and so the temperature control itself remains fine.

The path it is taking is a simple road. There is a long road that leads between the city of Whiterock and the desert-bound Halley Town. This road has few curves or hills, and as such there is little need for it to engage in any kind of complicated driving; merely maintain steady course and continue to scan the environment for any sign of the escaped agent.

On the dashboard sits a radio. This is separate to the car's normal radio. The primary difference is that the radio sitting on the dashboard is functional, where the car's regular radio has had the wires cut. There is also another notable difference; the radio on the dashboard contains a mouthpiece attached to a flexible cord, allowing outgoing messages to be relayed through.

This is particularly relevant at the moment, for even as the thought appears, the radio crackles to life.

There's a harsh sound of grating static as the radio receives a message, then a voice issues from the machine's speakers. It is grainy and slightly hard to understand. For all the money poured into the organisation, they have as yet been unable to solve the problem of making voices sound normal without having to either build noticeable relay infrastructure or leapfrogging onto the infrastructure built by the League, creating an unacceptable security risk.

"Agents, report in." The voice that issues forth sounds inattentive. Not quite bored; there are no other sounds issuing forth and nothing indicating that the speaker is not giving the task its due importance. However, it does not sound like they expect any results from this call-in that they haven't received from the prior call-ins.

The voices that reply all reply in an orderly fashion. They were sent out in numbered groups, and each group has a dedicated unit for handling communications with base. There are to be no miscommunications here.

The answers are the same as each previous call-out. "Negative; no sign of the asset." "Nothing to report, sir." "Nothing on our end. Continuing the search."

There might be a slight tinge of frustration to the communication officer's voice when they speak again, but it also might be imagined. "Understood. Move on to the next sector. Operator C, report in."

A voice echoes forth through the radio. It is inflectionless, lacking any hint of emotion at all. "No signs of the asset have been found. This one is requesting permission to move to the next sector and engage in search patterns there."

A brief pause, likely as the officer communicates with their leader back at the base, then; "Permission granted. Operator E, report in."

The script continues to run. There is no sign of the asset anywhere within the search radius. This is confirmed by every agent in sequence; Operator E next, then Operator H, Operator O, and finally Operator T. There is, of course, no call for Operator M.

Its hands tighten on the steering wheel as Operator T reports in. It performs a scan of the horizon briefly, searching for any hint of any people or structures. Only the same information as always is received; there is nothing here, but for the small gas station it has been driving towards for most of the past hour.

Finally, Operator T finishes its report. There is no response for a lengthy moment once again as the officer confers with the leader at base; then the voice crackles over the speaker, a monotone inflection filled only with faint eagerness for this round of reports to be over with.

"Permission granted. Operator X, report in."

It pulls the mouthpiece towards it. The button on the side is depressed, then it speaks. Its own voice sounds the same as the other agents, though perhaps slightly deeper; a consequence of its larger chest they have been unable to completely squash. "No signs of the asset have been found. This one is requesting permission to continue its search."

The same period of silence drags on, then;

"Permission granted. Thirty minutes until next check-in. All units, remember to report in immediately if any signs of the asset are located."

Then the radio crackles one last time, and silence descends on the car again. The only sound is the vents, blowing cool air to keep the climate of the car's cabin tolerable.

The car continues to drive forwards at the same steady pace, never climbing above or falling below the speed limit. There are no turns, and the only hills are nigh-unnoticeable climbs over small, entrenched sand dunes that require only miniscule adjustments of the accelerator to keep the pace steady.

It flicks its gaze down to the fuel meter. It is sitting just below the first notch from empty. Less than one-sixth of a tank of fuel remains. The map it had checked prior to this drive indicates that the next gas station is within a small village over one-hundred and twenty-five kilometers away. It is very likely that the car will cease functioning prior to that point.

It waits for the gas station to get close, then begins the proper procedures. It indicates in, slowing down to exactly fifteen kilometer per hour, then slowing further down to five kilometers an hour once it has passed the driveway and sits within the gas station itself.

It has not even finished parking beside one of the fuel pumps when the radio crackles back to life on the dashboard. It flicks its eyes to it briefly, noting the small light on it that indicates this is a message being sent to this radio unit in particular, not a general broadcast as the previous had been.

"Operator X." The voice that issues across this time isn't the same communications officer who had been asking them for their reports earlier. It is a more familiar voice; one of the leaders of the organization, presumably the one coordinating the search. "The car has deviated from its assigned route. Explain."

It navigates the car in easily, even as it pulls the mouthpiece back towards it to reply to the leader. "The fuel gauge of the car has indicated its fuel levels are low," it replies. "This one has stopped briefly at a fuel station to replenish fuel levels, and will return to the search shortly."

Suspicion lays heavy on the leader's voice when they speak next. It is slightly harder to understand their voice, as it has turned the car off and stepped out now, causing the car's dashboard radio to turn off. Instead, the small communications device attached to its shirt receives the message, and the audio quality on it is much worse. "Understood. Return the car to the maintenance bay on return so we can inspect it for defects. Return to the search within ten minutes."

"Understood." It has moved around to the trunk of the car now, pressing in on the car's gas cap to open it as it moves. On its acknowledgement, the radio crackles again, then falls silent as it inserts the key into the trunk and swings it open.

It is very good that the only communications devices that headquarters has been able to devise is a radio, it acknowledges briefly, for things would be much more complicated were they to have affixed a camera to its collar to monitor its surroundings visually as well.

The car's trunk opens to reveal its contents. Within lies everything as expected. The empty gas can all of the organisation's cars contain, there in case of emergency; the spare tools used to lift the car and replace the wheel should difficulties be encountered and one of the car's wheels be damaged; the spare wheel itself, laying securely in a compartment below the rug that carpets the trunk; and Em.

It blinks down at Em, who blinks up at it in turn. Then, it acknowledges Em with a nod, and props the trunk open.

Neither of them can afford to make a noise now. There is currently no crackling echoing forth from the radio, but it has been unable to determine whether the portable radio is capable of sending noises across the radio waves without buttons depressed. Any noise risks alerting the leader to their current activities.

Carefully, it holds up both hands and extends each of the fingers attached to it. A symbol indicating the number ten. Then, it reaches in and grabs the gas can. Em shifts slightly, making it easier to grab it.

The plan grows complicated from here.

It has parked the car at a slight angle. It is still perfectly capable of filling the car with fuel from here, but the angle the car is parked at cuts line of sight from the back of the car. From here, Em is capable of climbing out of the trunk without being spotted by the retail worker inside. This allows for a much greater freedom of movement, as well as access to the bags Em has stashed on its person.

Her person. Her person.

The plan had dictated stealing as many Pokeballs as they could from the storage room, but there's only two visible on her belt. It glances at them for just a moment, but that's enough; information flows through its mind like words on a computer screen.

Metagross. The Iron Leg Pokemon. Primary Steel; secondary Psychic. Developed steel type energies. Developed psychic type energies. Threat level: high. Engage caution.

Tinkaton. The Hammer Pokemon. Primary Fairy; secondary Steel. Developed steel type energies. Highly developed fairy type energies. Threat level: high to extreme. Request backup.


It blinks the information away, then carefully reaches into its pocket and withdraws out from it another singular Pokeball.

It had taken a lot of work to steal this Pokeball. The organization monitors their stock levels closely, and when this Pokeball had been reported stolen, mandatory searches of everyone's quarters had been engaged. It had been difficult for it to hollow out a compartment under a leg of its bed in the stone floor to hide it in without being noticed by the cameras, and harder still to transport it around unnoticed.

It had been worth it, though, for on a mission just two weeks ago, it had been able to capture the single Pokemon that might allow this venture to be successful.

It places the Pokeball on the trunk, then habitually glances at it.

Rapidash. The Unique Horn Pokemon. Primary Psychic; secondary Fairy. Minor psychic type energies. Undeveloped fairy type energies. Threat level: low to medium. Engage carefully.

It blinks the information away, then moves to step away. Something halts its steps, though.

No. It knows.

It holds up a single hand to Em, extending out five fingers. A moment passes while she looks at it, taking it in, and her chest seems to shudder as she draws in a shaky breath. Then she responds;

Two hands. Nine fingers.

It steps away with an almost imperceptible nod, then moves around to the side of the car and begins unscrewing the gas cap. Now, it is time for the rest of the plan.

Though it has interacted with regular humans only sparingly, it has been trained extensively in how to appear human to them in turn. It is something like putting on a mask and assuming the identity of an actual person- or perhaps like running a different program on a computer. It has learned ten thousand different variables that tell it how it is supposed to act in any circumstances it is supposed to react to.

It is still supposed to maintain limited contact with humans, however. These protocols are not designed for sustained contact with people.

It uses the time spent refueling the car and filling the gas can to check its appearance in the mirror. Some days, it forgets that others can see it and takes no measures to make sure its appearance is not unsettling.

Today is not one of these days. It looks as it should; a blank face free of imperfections, hair that has been brushed neatly and arranged into a simple wave, and its simple black Operator outfit. It looks almost like a normal person.

When it returns to the trunk to place the gas can, Em has successfully climbed out. Currently, she is crouching below the lid of the trunk, rolling the Pokeball containing the Rapidash it had caught around in her hands. That makes it simple for it to put the gas can back in and close the trunk.

It pauses.

Em is looking up at it. Her mouth is half-open, like she wants to say something to it, and it finds its own mouth opening in turn as well.

What would it even say? What can one say in these kinds of circumstances?

In the end, the answer is simple; nothing. There is no kind of goodbye one can offer in these kind of circumstances. Especially not with the clock running down, six minutes and fewer by the second, and a radio weighing down its shoulder.

So it takes one last look at Em- Em, so nearly identical to it but for the softness in her eyes and the way her gaze remains eternally cast to the heavens- and then turns, striding off towards the gas station itself.

The attendant within the store looks like he can't decide whether he's happy that someone has shown up to alleviate his boredom or irritated that someone is actually forcing him to do some work. To its understanding, places like these receive a stipend from the League to continue existing, such that people can drive between Whiterock and Halley, and therefore they don't actually need its patronage to keep the business running.

Nonetheless, it greets the clerk. "Good morning," it hazards. "This one would like to pay for its fuel, please."

The clerk rolls his eyes. "Sure, sure," he mutters, giving you a strange look. "That's one-hundred sixty-four seventy-two, please. Insert your card when you're ready."

It hesitates for a moment. Once it swipes the organization's card, the transaction is going to be over. Expectations will dictate that it leaves then, and yet it cannot afford to. It must afford Em as much time as possible to slip out unseen and call Rapidash out.

The dilemma is solved when it looks over to the side and sees a small television playing. Ordinarily, it would not be allowed to comment on that, but the screen is currently displaying something of interest to the organization.

It pretends to fumble at its wallet, then gestures towards the small device. "This one was not aware there was a televised battle happening today," it says truthfully. "Who is winning?"

The clerk grunts, then squints at the screen. It takes the opportunity to glance out the window for a second, whereupon it sees a flash of black- Em is beginning to creep across the carpark now, moving slowly so as to not draw the clerk's attention with any sudden movements. Then it looks back over so that the clerk doesn't notice and follow its gaze.

"Think it's Aurora," the clerk says eventually, once a scoreboard flashes down on the bottom of the screen. "Figures. Carlos puts on some damn good matches, but I'm not sure there's anyone outside a Gym Leader who could take her down in a fair fight."

Conversational thread established. Mission successful.

It taps the card on the card reader, then tilts its head to consider the screen again. "This one is not familiar with either of those," it says in what it hopes is a wheedling tone. "Is it… a close fight?"

A snort is the only response it gets for a moment. "As close as any of her fights get," he mutters. "Never bet against her, I guess. This one pushes her over a hundred and fifty wins, they were saying. Can you imagine? A hundred and fifty-one wins without a single loss…"

Truthfully, it cannot imagine. It will never get the chance to participate in that many battles before its usefulness is over. That is not a response that will lengthen the conversation, however, so it opts for a different, much more difficult response; a lie.

"It is impressive," it says smoothly. In truth, there is not much that impresses it about winning any number of sanctioned battles; there are many ways to circumvent these rules to almost ensure one's victory. It would start with threats; surrender, or see your family come to harm. It would not be difficult to secure any number of victories that way. "This one had thought that this year's League Circuit does not start for six more days. Is this understanding incorrect?"

The clerk gives it another strange look, which it does its best to ignore. "No, you aren't wrong," he replies eventually. "It's just an exhibition match. One of those big ones Torne holds occasionally during the off-season, you know? Gotta keep the sponsors happy and all that." It goes to interrupt with another reply, but the clerk continues talking, having decided he's done with this conversation now. "Anyway, your payment was successful. Have a nice day."

There is little it can do to prolong the conversation now without drawing undue suspicion, so it instead draws the card back and inclines its head in a nod. "Thank you for your service," it says with a small bow, then moves slowly out of the gas station itself. It ignores the muttered words it can hear the clerk saying, dismissing them as the irrelevant mutters they are.

It looks down at the watch strapped around its wrist.

Only seven minutes have passed, and there is nothing outside but the fuel pumps, the car, and the desert heat.

The last trace of Em it can see as it starts up the car is a faint flash of red light from behind the gas station, far away from any windows.

Then, eight minutes after it had arrived, it starts the car and drives off.

This is not the end of the story, of course. It knows it will not actually get away with aiding Em in her escape attempt. They have left too much evidence behind. If they check the cameras on the garage- which they will, now that it has wasted their time stopping in for more gas- they will see it siphoning fuel from the car last night. A more thorough search of its room will reveal the hidden compartment they had used to store the stolen Pokeball, and an examination of its past missions will see the time it could not accommodate it for, the time it had used to ask the Rapidash for its aid in Em's escape.

But that is a matter for it to deal with tonight.

For now, at least, one of them has escaped, and it has bought her as much time as possible to make that escape permanent.

In the distance, if one could see, they would see a Rapidash galloping forward over the desert dunes. Sand flies up at its hooves as it bears with it a passenger who stares up at the open skies above, free to act for the first time in her life. She moves purposefully towards the safest place she can find for the next few weeks, a town built into the side of a crater in which she can hide herself while she determines how girls are supposed to live their lives freely.

And Operator X continues to drive the car down the straight desert road, a crackling voice in its ear and the knowledge of the punishment to come sitting heavy at the back of its mind.

Even so; there's nobody there to punish it for the smile that slips on its face as it drives.




With this, this set of interludes draws to a close. Several of the major players in the coming story have been introduced, and the stage is beginning to reveal itself.

For the next arc of the story, we draw back to our protagonist, Morgan. Time has passed over the duration of the interludes, and we will find ourselves settling back in six days from now- marking the first day of the League Circuit, and the official opening of Morgan's Gym.

Of course, things are never going to run smoothly. Even on this, the very first day of the Gym, something's bound to go wrong- and in this particular case, it's because people are not at all prepared for what this Gym is.

So; who is it that is going to run face-first into the wall that is Morgan and all that that entails?


[ ] The first challenger to cause Morgan issues is going to be Peter, a young boy from Halley Town.

Peter is an interesting problem. This is his first year on the Gym Circuit, and he has only recently caught his first Pokemon- a Dwebble he caught while visiting Split Peaks with his mother. The two of them have been working together for only two weeks at this point.

Peter presents the following challenge: What is it that you are supposed to teach young trainers who aren't yet embroiled with the League? Your intention has been to teach people of Halley's history, the history of the death of the world, and to test people on their ability to survive in the desert. That is not a starting point, though- these are lessons you teach people who have embarked on their journey. Morgan has yet to consider what to teach people who start their journey in Halley, and that is a failure on their part.

[ ] The first challenger to cause Morgan issues is going to be Kane, a fourth-year Gym Circuit challenger from Alola who has decided to come challenge Laurum this year.

Kane is a tricky problem. To Morgan, there is a quite specific purpose to the Gym Challenge; it is here to teach people about the world around them and ensure they are bonding with their Pokemon appropriately. The idea of the Gym Circuit as sport, or as a career, is something alien to them.

Kane presents the following challenge: What are you to do when confronted with a Gym Trainer who has no interest in the lessons you teach? When someone walks into your Gym and expects to be confronted with a fair fight that results in a Gym Badge when they inevitably beat you… what are they going to do when you don't allow that to happen?

[ ] The first challenger to cause Morgan issues is going to be Keisha, a first-year trainer from Whiterock with the firm belief that money solves all problems, and the familial wealth to back this up.

Keisha is a frustrating problem. Pokemon are living and breathing creatures of their own, with their own unique needs and desires, their own perspectives on life, their own viewpoints and beliefs. Training a Pokemon is supposed to be about understanding and mutual co-operation. It is not supposed to be about who has the most resources behind them. And yet- people like Keisha prove this dynamic untrue.

Keisha presents the following challenge: What will you do when someone violates the core principle of what you believe about Pokemon, but nevertheless pass your Gym Challenge? Eventually, people like these will stall out when their bonds with their Pokemon are not deep enough and they eventually hit a wall; but it feels wrong that people can simply sink money into a Gym Challenge and walk away with a victory. Why should you let them get away with that- and is there anything you can do about it anyway?
 
3.1- A Museum Exhibit
It feels strange to be looking at your Gym now that it's actually been built.

By the look on Juliet's face, she agrees. You've brought her- and the rest of your Gym Trainers- to check on its progress several times over the last few weeks, watching as the bones of the building were built and the caverns within the former mine terraformed, but this is the first time any of you have actually seen the finished building.

Well, okay.

Technically, you've been given daily updates on the Gym's construction, complete with photographs of the progress made each day, budget estimations, delays in shipments of materials, price adjustments as delayed materials were sourced locally at increased costs due to time constraints, and a ten-minute phone call after dusk each night where the foreman talked you through what work had been done and how the timeline was progressing.

But it's the first time you've seen the Gym in person, and that counts for something. It's much more impressive in person than it is in photographs.

"It's bigger than I expected," Juliet says, looking up at the symbol carved on the building's brown roof. She has to tilt her head back quite a bit to look up at it

The front wall of the Gym is quite tall. To make the building look even more imposing, the builders had contracted in a local builder with a trained Steelix to carve away at the roof of the cavern, giving them more space to work with. Where the bulk of the caverns and tunnels in Halley stand just two to three metres tall, this one now rises up a good six metres tall.

It's the same size as most Gyms, but it looks more impressive when the surroundings make claustrophobic people shiver.

Still. "Need to get some statues ordered in," you muse. "Some gargoyles to sit beside the doors, or something like that."

Juliet blinks, mouthing the word 'gargoyle' to herself with a confused look on her face, but you don't give her any time to question you on the topic. Instead, you stride forwards towards the glass doors of the Gym, forcing her to fall quickly into place behind you.

One of the nice things about this Gym being yours is that you were able to craft the amenities to suit you, in particular. For instance; though these glass doors are automatic, set to open to anybody approaching them between the hours of eight in the morning and seven in the evening, they're also keyed to a fob you can carry around on your person. A single press of a button, and you finally have a set of automatic doors that aren't confounded by your existence.

Truly, technology has wrought miracles.

The Gym's foyer is nothing particularly special. It's lit brightly, the gentle lights in the ceiling set to wash the room in light reminiscent of the morning sun. There's a large desk off to the side, locking off an area behind which your League-assigned Gym Aide is going to be working, and a large screen set to the other side of the room, displaying challenger's appointment times and your own availabilities. Currently, it's empty. The door leading into the Gym proper lies between the two, and that's where you and Juliet bustle off to.

"Ah." You make a noise of satisfaction once the two of you have made your way inside and you can actually see the walls of your Gym. "They managed to get the artwork done. Excellent."

Your Gym is structured like this:

There are three caves within. Each cave is linked to the next by a long, winding mineshaft, the first of which emerges from the foyer. The entire Gym is a good few kilometres long between the mineshafts and the caves within, though that's a misleading distance- challengers aren't expected to walk through the entirety of the last cavern, nor the final mineshaft that lays past it. The area that challengers are expected to travel is just slightly under two kilometres long, winding its way through Halley and ending up somewhere in the outskirts.

There's one single problem you'd encountered with this design; Roland had forbidden you from terrifying the trainers walking through it.

Truly, it is the most depressing situation you can imagine. It would have been so easy, too; you could have killed the lights in the tunnels and forced people to progress through blind while playing sounds of Pokemon hunting them, or disoriented them within the tunnel's depths, or chased them with false boulders to terrify them into sprinting down the mines. There were so many ideas you'd been forced to discard.

So, instead, to give it some measure of aesthetic flair, you'd been forced to do this.

"Why does it look like a museum exhibit?" Juliet's face is knitted in confusion as she looks at the wall beside you. "I thought that this was…" She trails off, looking vaguely put out.

You look at the wall. It's a description of the Impactor- the massive asteroid that had impacted the land where Halley now sits. The one that had formed this crater.

The only response you can give to her is a bland shrug. "If you have to walk through a couple hundred metres of tunnel, I figured we might as well put something on it," you reply, your tone blase. "There's some windows further in with fossils and the like behind them, too. Come on."

You know it's not as impressive to look at as one might hope, but there's only so much that can be done in three weeks. The walls have been blasted back by Ground-types to make them smooth and workable, which renders them much nicer to look at, but the more important part is what you'd had painted onto them.

Every twenty metres or so, new text has been written on the wall. They're short infographics, as you don't want your challengers spending half an hour within the gym's tunnels stopping to read literal walls of text, but they're still as informative as you can make them. You'd set yourself a strict limit of one hundred words each, and it'd been hard, but you'd done it.

Written across the walls of the mineshafts, painted onto the very stones of Halley itself, lies now a timeline of the extinction event that had once given life to Halley.

It's quite aesthetically pleasing, at least in your opinion. There's a natural curve to the mineshafts that prevent too many of the infographics from being read ahead of time, but each one's big enough that they can be read while walking down the hall. Occasionally, you've interspersed them with transparent glass panes, behind which lie items of interest- asteroid shards, fossils of Pokemon and plants that had been immortalized in the aftermath of the impact, and the like.

As much as you like the effect, though, that isn't what you'd brought Juliet down here for. The two of you have come down here to meet with a particular Pokemon, not to admire your design decisions.

The first room in the Gym opens up after a little under half a kilometre, revealing the first room- the one you've designated as Adam and Juliet's.

Previously, the room had been a stark cave. Stalagmites and stalactites had run through the room, and a small stream had been the only real point of interest. A natural cave, to be certain, but it hadn't been visually interesting.

Now? Now, you've had the room carefully shaped and re-done. The floor of the cavern has been worn down to provide a roughly even walking surface, and some of the stalagmites have been thickened out, creating 'pillars' of stone jutting up from the surface. Finally, literal tons of sand have been dumped on the floor and spread out.

Walking into the room, it's almost easy to forget that this is a cave still, except for the walls that surround you in every direction. It looks like a section of the desert above has been transported below the earth.

The two of you step in the room, and are instantly swarmed by Pokemon.

"Hey, hey, hey!" you protest loudly, though you can't prevent the small smile that steals over your face as the Phantump insistently bumps your navel. "Give us a little space, please."

The crowd of Pokemon all back off, though you catch one of the Duskull at the back rolling its eye at you, and you shake your head. "We're not here for training time just yet," you inform them, causing at least three of them to let out concurrent discordant wails of shock and grief. You roll your eyes, though Juliet beside you twitches and pulls her hands over her ears. "We'll be back in a few hours to prepare you guys for tomorrow- after you've all eaten. That includes you, Houndstone." You stare pointedly at the dog-like Pokemon, who whimpers and bows his head.

Juliet shakes her head fondly at the group. The Gastly who'd fought alongside her so many weeks ago is hovering behind her head, glaring at the other Pokemon- that's why they'd all swarmed you instead, probably. Idly, you wonder if they'd still be swarming you if you released Froslass. Probably not.

You don't move on immediately from the room, of course. You're not here to be rude to your Gym Pokemon, so you do spend a few minutes with them, checking over all of them for any injuries from yesterday's training session and making sure that all of them are doing fine.

Some Gyms, you're vaguely aware, keep their Gym Pokemon in stasis when they're not training or being used for matches. Other Gyms have their own areas outside where their Pokemon can spend time when not actively being used, similar to the small cave outside your own house; natural areas, warped out into being something big enough to host dozens or even hundreds of Pokemon through spatial-warping devices.

Most people don't have the benefit of their Gyms being built into a pre-existing mineshaft, though. It's much harder to have your Gym Pokemon live within the Gym itself when you have to spend millions actually building the physical shell to let them.

You just prefer the feeling of giving them a home to call their own.

It takes the two of you a while to disentangle yourselves from the pile of Pokemon here. The Ghost-types are more affectionate around the two of you than they are around Vera and Hawthorne, and they really showcase that every time you turn up without them. Eventually, though, you manage to extricate the two of you without causing real offense to the Pokemon, and the two of you can set out into the next hallway.

It takes a minute or so for Juliet to comment on this one once you do. Her pace is slower now, her attention actually drawn to the words on the wall here.

"You really are making a museum exhibit, huh?" Juliet laughs, but it's a shaky, unnerved laugh. You swing your head to the side, taking in what she's looking at. It's another infographic, this one scrawled on the wall in black ink that's run down the wall, giving the text a vague bloody effect when set against the faint red tinge to the stone.

This Pokemon lived in the swamps of inland Laurum. It would contract its limbs and streamline its shape, then use its shell to propel itself through the water. Members of this species are suspected to have had an entomophagic diet, subsisting primarily on insects, but would opportunistically drink the blood of prey Pokemon like Omanyte and Cradily.

Experts estimate this Pokemon lived between 30-32 million years ago. It's believed the rivers that formed Kabutops' primary habitat froze when ash clouds from volcanic impacts blocked out the light for the sun, resulting in the Great Freeze.


Beside it, resting behind the full-body glass pane, is a Kabutops skeleton.

Or, well, a plaster recreation of one. You're not stupid enough to try and house a valuable ancient Pokemon skeleton within a museum accessible to the public. Team Plasma had shown everyone that was a bad idea.

"It's educational," you reply in a deadpan tone of voice. Then, more conversationally; "Apparently, there's a museum with a fossil display in Emerald City, too. They have a full set of ancient fossils, apparently, even a Relicanth fossil."

"Huh." Juliet blinks, then turns to look at another display as you walk past- this one a series of amber beads hung carefully on strings, displaying fossils of ancient leaves and insects from tens of millions of years ago. "Aren't Relicanth still around now, though? I thought I heard a news article about them a few years ago. Or maybe I'm thinking about Remoraid…"

You shake your head, checking over each display quickly as you walk past. "They were only recently rediscovered. They're deep-sea Pokemon, and we still aren't able to explore down there very much."

She sounds properly curious when she replies now, like you've actually caught her interest. "Then how do we know they're still around? Did one wash up in Galar or something? I think I watched a movie like that, but it was about an ancient Lapras…"

The corner of your lip curls up. You're pretty sure you know what movie she's talking about. The Transport Pokemon: Legend of the Deep. It was one of your favourite movies as a kid. "Hoenn, actually," is what you answer with. "A school of them washed up in Sootopolis when Kyogre and Groudon fought. We think they were dragged up by Kyogre's waves and couldn't find their way back out. Ended up bonding with the Gym Leader there, so there's a tiny breeding population now."

"Huh…"

She doesn't have the time to offer anything more, though, because you're emerging into the second room now.

Just like the first room, this one's been moulded to look more like the desert above than a natural cave. Tons and tons of sand were transported down in sealed trucks and carefully spread around. There's been substantially more work done to this one, though.

First; there's a big 'cliff' rising off on the right-hand side of the cave, neatly dividing a third of the room off. The top of it juts outwards, leaving a lip where a handful of Ghost-types lie blissfully on the stone, but that's only there to provide 'shade' for what lies at the bottom of the cliff; a small pool of water, bubbling up slowly from below.

Around this pool of water, and within the shade provided by the cliffs above, lie a good handful of the Ice-types who had readily agreed to come fight in your Gym for you. Mostly from the Swinub and Bergmite lines, though there's two Glaceon and a variant Sandslash lying half-buried in the sand, yawning at the two of you as you pass by.

It doesn't quite mimic the watering holes of the desert above. Usually, pools of water like this are found deeper underground in half-buried caves, not just hiding within the shadows of cliffs where sand could bury them any time the wind blows in the wrong direction.

It gets the point across, though. Along with the shrubbery and the handful of flowers you could find that can survive down here, this room speaks of that truth of the desert; they're not dead and dying places. Life thrives even here.

It might run a little contradictory to the idea you're trying to get across with your exhibit on the extinction event that had formed Halley, but that's fine. Vera and Hawthorne are the ones who have to sell the idea that this is how the land looked after the comet had hit. That's something they can do through careful artifice and structured drama; the shrubbery won't affect them that much, and it's important that people understand that deserts aren't just endless stretches of sand dunes as televisions try to portray them.

None of the Pokemon in here rush over to you as the Ghost-types in the first room had. You'd wanted the Pokemon in that room to be the ones with vibrant and expressive personalities, the kind that Adam and Juliet can utilize easily to play out dramas of the approaching meteor above. These ones are colder, more lethargic. No less powerful for it, but it's easy for these Pokemon to sell the kind of tired hopelessness that appears in the wake of disaster.

Juliet hasn't said a word since the two of you entered this room, just looked around, rubbing her arms and shivering in the colder temperatures. You don't say anything, but you do wordlessly slow your pace for a moment until you're walking beside her, fixing your eyes forward. She might not understand the gesture, but that's fine.

The silence continues as the two of you finish making your way out of the room and into the final hallway.

This one is your favourite.

Something people tend to forget when they hear you talking about things like disasters is that there's more to them than the disaster itself. People think of the event- the fall of the meteor, the earthquake, the avalanche- but when they think of the aftermath, they only ever think of the immediate aftermath. They think of the lives lost, the land destroyed, the injuries and destruction and loss.

People have a bit of trouble conceptualizing long-term effects. They forget that the aftermath of a disaster extends months, years, decades, centuries into the future in some cases. There's all the maimings and the loss of life and the environmental destruction, but after that comes the gradual recovery.

Loss is a bitter thing, but given time, people can learn to live with it, to make space in their hearts to remember the dead and move on into the future. Buildings can be rebuilt. New animals will move in and have families of their own. Seeds will fall and take root and germinate, and decades or centuries or millennia later, new life will have taken root.

That's the final hallway. If the second room of your Gym is the cold and bitter aftermath of the disaster, then this is the long recovery afterwards.

From here, a countdown starts. Thirty million years ago. Twenty-five million years ago. Fifteen million years ago. One million years ago. Fifty thousand years ago. Ten thousand years ago. One thousand years ago. One hundred years ago. Today.

Fossils aren't as common after the extinction event. The formation of so many of them around that point is what's led to their current ready availability. Unfortunately, that means it's been much harder for you to get your hands on any actual bones or fossils more than around twenty million years old. You've had to rely on recreations and paintings and things that scientists think are plants that resemble those from millions of years ago. Not really much else you can do other than that, though.

And once again; silence. Until finally;

"Okay, I don't get the lighting." Juliet doesn't quite sound annoyed- perhaps consternated might describe it better, but that doesn't quite seem to describe it either. "Why is it getting darker now?"

You look up at the ceiling, where the lights are indeed growing dimmer- and fading into blue- and then offer her a smile with just slightly too much teeth to be comforting. "You only noticed it now?" you ask, then hurry on when that causes her to shrink back into herself rather than roll her eyes at you. "It's a time of day theme. I thought it would be cute if it felt like time passed while you were in there."

Her eyes widen in comprehension then. "Oh! That's why the lights were more orange in the last room!"

"And why we offset them to the west," you confirm. "The lights are set to gradients. Walk into the foyer, it looks like morning, just after dawn. Then noon, then dusk, then…" You pause a second for theatrical effect, waiting just until the two of you emerge from the hallway into the final room, then gesture, swinging your arms out in a sweeping motion that encompasses the entire room. "Midnight."

This one; this is your favourite room of them all.

The room's dark, and it's cold. The temperature here's set automatically to below freezing, cold enough that you can see Juliet rubbing at her eyes from the sting and trying to pull her jacket up closer. The temperature's almost cold enough to be comfortable for you here.

And again; it's dark. You and Juliet can see fine down here, but most challengers will barely be able to see a thing. The only light you've set into the room is a huge, pale orb, illuminated from behind by a single feeble light to give it a vaguely luminescent glow like an enormous full moon, just barely throwing out enough light to let challengers see by. It's set behind your own Gym Leader platform- a bar slung across two chains hanging from the ceiling.

It doesn't look very impressive right now, but you've tested the effects before. It's striking, seeing someone sitting up there, featureless and blank, the only thing illuminated in the entire featureless room.

Of course, you're going to have your Gym Pokemon roaming the sands when challengers walk in; vague, formless things stalking around in the dark, whispering to you and hearing your own fractured whispers in turn. That's part of the challenge- seeing who can determine that they're not meant to fight you, that they're meant to sneak around you and make it to the secret hall in the back where their Badge sits on an illuminated pedestal.

Right now, the Pokemon aren't doing that. Lazy things are still sitting off in their alcoves enjoying breakfast, probably.

Juliet's been struck speechless, so you're the one to pick up the slack this time. "Alright," you say loudly, your voice a drawl that echoes across the room. "He's in here. Watch your footing- sand's a bit unstable in here."

You lead her around the edge of the room to the second of the alcoves here. They're hidden behind a layer of solid rock, rock that depresses only when you press another button on the fob in your pocket and then turn a seemingly random protrusion of rock on the wall down. A section of the rock shifts back, then up- revealing one of the several hidden alcoves in the room.

This, of course, is where you keep your Gym Pokemon whenever there's a challenge going on. They live here, but you can't just have dozens of random Pokemon wandering around while challengers walk around twitching at perceived threats. You could just keep them in Pokeballs, of course, but- that goes against the whole point.

These alcoves, on reflection, were probably responsible for a whole week of construction time. Even flinging League money at the construction workers hadn't made setting up these alcoves and the spatial fields inside them go up that quick.

Mamoswine's in here, the ancient Pokemon grunting at you as you walk in, but he ignores you in favour of his food, and you return the favour. He's not one for socialization at the best of times, but even less so on an empty stomach. The Cetitan that wanders around his legs does come over for a pat, the Banette looks blearily at you from a pile of plushies buried in the back corner of the alcove, and the two Vanillice who've claimed a shelf on the wall as their nest burble happily at you as you and Juliet walk past, but you're not here for them.

You're here for this little guy.

Most of the Pokemon you'd found are well-behaved. You'd gone out of your way to only recruit Pokemon who want to be here, whether that's from wild populations straining for resources in the desert or League Pokemon who'd agreed to fight alongside you for a few years for the battle experience, but this one's an exception.

He's a rescue. An abandoned Pokemon someone had brought in to the Pokemon Centre, having found him curled up miserably on the side of the road.

"Alright," you say with a huff, drawing yourself down so you can meet him from a more even height. "This is the Pokemon I was telling you about, Juliet, the one I want you to help one of the others out with. Meet…"

[ ] Swinub.

Swinub is a depressing case. Swinub is also, depressingly, a common case.

The League encourages mutual co-operation between Pokemon and Trainer. This is the core and most fundamental idea of the League, the ethos which drove its foundation and which is its primary mission today. This manifests in a thousand thousand little ways, from the television programming it funds to the highlights official materials put out on trainers who give special care to their Pokemon.

Unfortunately; there Gym Circuit leads many to misunderstand this bond. There are those who look at the dynamic between Trainer and Pokemon and think to themselves; yes, this is about strength.

This is Swinub; a Pokemon who attempted to befriend a Trainer. Mamoswine are powerful Pokemon, known for their awful physical strength and ability to control sharp shards of ice, and as such the Trainer readily agreed. Then, it became apparent that Swinub is not that strong. Maybe one day he can grow into the level of strength that Mamoswine display- but today, he cannot even summon Rock-type energy, let alone display mastery over Ancient Power.

He is simply a weak, vulnerable Pokemon, and as such his Pokeball was broken and he was left in front of Halley at night. The pain of this betrayal stings still, and the Pokemon has grown bitter and resentful since, untrusting of humans and their capricious natures.

You'd like Juliet and Adam to show him that this isn't the natural endstate. There are those that care for and love Pokemon for their own sake. Perhaps, given that, he might one day be able to find the friendship he'd sought out before.

[ ] Cubchoo.

Cubchoo is a case that grinds at your heart. It is, thankfully, also a rare case.

The bond between trainers and their Pokemon is a beautiful and precious thing. For a hundred years and more, the League has poured immense amounts of money and immeasurable man hours into ensuring that these bonds remain strong and all who wish to be a part of these bonds are given the opportunity to do so.

Unfortunately, the world is rarely a kind or warm place. Protecting the bond between people and Pokemon is the League's shining ideal, but sometimes harsh reality interferes and there is nothing anyone can do to prevent it.

Cubchoo's story is as such;

There was a family born at the foothills of Mount Townsend, the largest and coldest mountain in Laurum. The family was a kind family of four, two parents and two young children, and they often ventured up into the mountain together. They were safe about it, only venturing to areas that young children could be brought to no serious harm.

It was on one of these ventures that young Jamie found a Cubchoo alone, wandering the slopes of Townsend. The Cubchoo had grown large enough to leave his mother's den, but he was not yet old enough to fight off the pangs of loneliness. The two quickly formed a bond and became inseparable, and on Jamie's ninth birthday, their friendship was made permanent with the gifting of a Pokeball to young Jamie.

The two would train and train and train, enthralled with the idea of one day taking on the Gym Circuit. Their minds were filled with the idea of Championship, of standing on stage and waving down to their family flushed with victory and acknowledgement.

Then, at age eleven; a diagnosis. Leukemia. Fifty percent survival rate. Soon, that hope flickered, then died. Six months to live. A month later, downgraded to three. Two months later, downgraded to a week, at best. Say your goodbyes, Jamie.

The family moves soon after. Away from the cold peaks of Townsend to the hot, dry climes of Torne, as far away from the memory of their child as they could get. There was always one thing left behind, however; one little Pokemon left shivering and lonely, a reminder of what they'd lost. That's how Cubchoo's Pokeball had ended up abandoned on the side of the road, thrown away in a fit of depressive anger by a grief-driven parent.

You'd like Juliet and Hawthorne to care for the little Cubchoo. It's a tragedy, really; he'd barely gotten to know his former owner, and now they've been ripped apart by cruel fate. That tragedy doesn't have to define his life, however. Maybe between the two of them, they can remind Cubchoo that others do exist- that he can, one day, move on, keeping the memory of a child close to his heart.

[ ] Variant Darmanitan.

Darmanitan is a case that makes you angry. There are other things you can say, but that encompasses it all. It makes dark anger rise in your heart, and that is not something that happens much.

The bond between humans and Pokemon is something that is special to you, to Morgan Redden, the human being. There is something beautiful about seeing two beings from such disparate walks of life come together and make their lives fuller and brighter. You are a twisted person with a heart of ice, but moments like these can bring even a person like you to tears.

Not everyone understands this. Not everyone believes it as true.

Sometimes, the capture of a Pokemon goes like this;

A trainer will decide they want a particular Pokemon. It can be for a variety of reasons; perhaps it is rare and will sell for a lot of money, or perhaps it is strong and will be a valuable addition to their team, or perhaps it is merely due to arbitrary fascination. Either way, the process is always the same; the trainer decides that they want a particular Pokemon, and the Pokemon disagrees. It is not interested in going with this person.

This is irrelevant. The trainer believes their desire to be more important than that of the Pokemon.

It is possible to forcibly capture a Pokemon. It is more than simply fighting them- there are those who will test a trainer before allowing themselves to be captured, but this is more than that. It is possible for one to beat a Pokemon, to attack them so much the Pokemon risks fainting, and then continue applying pressure to them. Exhaust them so much that there is no fight left in the Pokemon, then pull out the Pokeball.

Then, keep it up. Beat them down when they show any hints of rebellion. Put the boot to them. Crush their independence and their will and every thought they have of escape.

This is Darmanitan's story.

The unexpected ending; a thief is caught by surprise by a Trainer arrived in Halley in preparation for the Gym Circuit's opening in a week. He fights, and he loses, and in his panic he throws Darmanitan at them and flees. The thief flees, but Darmanitan is left behind, unconscious now the Trainer has been forced to fight it to submission. Its Pokeball is still with the thief- but the Pokemon itself is safe now, even if it might never be recaptured again.

It's your hope that Juliet and Vera together can work to show Darmanitan that this is not representative of what humans have to offer. Maybe, just maybe, through careful and concerted effort, they can help Darmanitan to reclaim its independence and will to live its own life.
 
3.2- Q&A
"Alright." Your voice is clipped, as cold and professional as you can make yourself sound as you speak directly into the tape recorder. "This is Morgan, Gym Leader of Halley Town, speaking today on the date of the thirty-first of January, year nine eighty-one. Attendant are the following trainers employed by the Gym; Adam Fowler, Juliet Cooke, Vera Haynes, Hawthorne Lowery. Additionally, the following contractors are present; Harry Campbell, Jackson Sutherland. Please state your name and identification numbers for the record, please."

You hold the tape recorder towards each of the others in the room in turn as they dutifully follow your request. Harry and Jackson don't have identification numbers to offer, but they do list off their trainer license numbers, which is good enough for you.

Finally, you pull the tape recorder back and finish off your intro.

"This meeting is being held to discuss a quality assurance report to be delivered by Jackson, with supporting documentation from Harry. The purpose of this report is to discuss a trial of the Gym Challenge one day prior to the Circuit's opening. Paper copies of all documents have been supplied and filed prior to this meeting. Meeting commencing."

You place the device on the table, then take a deep breath. Everyone else seems to let out a collective sigh of relief, some of the tension bleeding out of them now that the formalities are out of the way.

"First off," you say into the open air, "good job, everybody. I was monitoring everybody over the cameras, and I think you all did a fantastic job. Thank you." You place your hands together in front of you, giving your Gym Trainers a small bow. More tension bleeds out of them, and if you could, you'd give yourself a silent pat on the back. "Harry. Jackson. Your perspective?"

The two boys sit up straight in their chairs as you call out for them. Jackson doesn't have any notes or papers in front of him, though Harry has a notebook he'd brought in with him, opened to the first page.

Would it be weird to say you think they'd done a fantastic job too?

Probably. Best to keep your mouth shut.

Hiring the two of them had been Juliet's idea, and it was genius. You've been struggling to sleep even more than usual lately, stressing over how things are going to work, whether there's any big issues you've missed, whether there's something evident from a challenger's perspective that you can't see from behind the scenes- so many little things that have been worming their way through your brain.

It's a simple idea, and you'd kicked yourself for not thinking of it as soon as Juliet had brought it up to you. The easiest way to get feedback on how a run of your Gym works from a challenger's perspective is to ask someone to challenge your gym and give you their perspective.

"Well," Jackson says, slowly and carefully, "I think I agree. I've never done a proper Gym Challenge of my own, never really had the opportunity, but everyone's seen plenty of examples on TV. The displays in the hallway especially were really good- whoever designed those should be proud. They helped set the mood and my own mindset going into each challenge, and the fossil displays especially had me off-balance with how they were posed to look like they're going to strike out at me."

Externally, you smirk, though internally you're just relieved. You'd been the one to design those; it's good to know they actually work.

"I do think there's a bit of room for improvement in some cases," Jackson continues, "but they're mostly minor things in specific contexts. The overall experience worked quite effectively."

That has Hawthorne frowning and Adam sitting up, but none of them talk just yet. Your voice is the next one to ring out again as you ask; "How did you find the first challenge?"

The first challenge had been a simple one. Most of the challenges you'd designed for that room are- Adam's too new to battling still to be throwing around any kind of complicated scenarios. This one had been a bog-standard water conflict; Juliet had played the part of a band of wild Ghost-types encroaching on a watering hole that already supported a minor population of Ghost-types headed by a small Shellder.

"I have to admit, the narration caught me off-guard." Jackson grows more animated now, leaning in to stare at you as he talks. "Did you narrate that live, or was it a pre-recorded bit?"

Juliet answers in your place, smoothly inserting herself into the conversation. "They're all pre-recorded bits," she says proudly. "Adam and I did some as well. I thought they came out really well."

It's Harry who speaks up next, politely coughing to draw your attention over to him. "Well, it was a good idea," he says delicately. "It might be worth, um, looking at getting some better recording equipment, though."

Jackson nods along, smoothly picking up the line of conversation. "Yeah, it sounded like you recorded it on just a laptop microphone or something." You shift in place slightly. That's exactly what you'd done. Is it really that noticeable? "There's a bit of audio distortion at the start that took me out a bit, and the sound control was all off. I really like the idea of narrating the circumstances behind the scene like that, but yeah."

"That's my fault," you say, then let out a long sigh. "The sound control, at least. I'll order a new microphone, but I always struggle to get them to pick up my voice. I might have to leave it up to you to re-record the narration scenes." You wave your hand in the direction of your Gym Trainers, then huff and dig your fingers into your thigh once you can lower your arm back down.

He leans back again, his expression shuttering. "Understood. Past that- hey, kid, how were you giving orders to your Pokemon?"

Adam's so startled to be addressed so directly that he stumbles over his words as he tries to respond. "I- uh- I, I gave Shuppet an earpiece. It's pretty small, so you might not be able to see it. The others know they hafta follow her lead."

"Smart." Jackson nods approvingly, and Harry shoots Adam a quick thumbs-up as well, causing Adam's chest to inflate with pride. "Juliet, you might want to look into something like that as well. I could see your shadow gesturing from behind that stalagmite as soon as I started walking around the room."

"Uuuugh." Juliet slumps down onto the table with a loud groan. "I don't think the earpieces are gonna work out long-term. They're just gonna break the first time they get into any harder battles."

Hm. "Maybe we could try musical cues," you muse out loud. "Scare chords in the music to represent particular orders, maybe? A soundboard to play particular sounds when we want them to use a particular move?"

Hawthorne blinks in the back corner, like she hadn't expected something relevant to her to come up, then she opens her mouth. "Virbank's Gym Leader in Unova does something like that," she offers up. "Her Gym plays into Virbank's growing underground punk scene. She and her whole band play songs while her Pokemon fight. I've seen clips of her switching chords to make her Pokemon switch tempo without warning, things like that."

"I think it's grunge, actually," Adam mutters grumpily to himself, but nobody pays him any mind.

You point a finger at Hawthorne. "Good idea!" you say with as much enthusiasm as you can muster, which is a surprising amount right now. "Juliet, Adam, we'll look into that when we're done here. Harry-"

Before you can say anything more, a flash of violet catches your attention from the corner of your eye. You stop, rolling your eyes, then turn to look at the two ghosts who'd been trying to sneak up on you. Surprised shrieks echo through the room, though some smug part of you notes that you don't hear either Juliet or Adam amongst them.

"Sableye," you scold, your voice suddenly loud enough to almost echo around the small break room. "Polteageist. I thought I told you two to leave this room alone."

Polteageist croaks something out, but Sableye just grins at you, her teeth far too wide for her mouth. It's a weak attempt at an intimidation display, the kind of thing that might scare a regular trainer if they saw it looking out at them from the dark of a cave in the wilds.

You just roll your eyes, stand up, and nudge Sableye back with your foot. She crumples practically instantly when she sees you're not even slightly scared, and looks up at you with wide, wobbly eyes instead, trying for a sympathy play.

Sorry, Sableye. Not buying it today.

You herd both ghosts back with your feet, pushing them back towards the wall. Sableye eventually gives up with a huff, turning her back to you and marching back through the wall with her arms crossed in front of her like she's sulking, but Polteageist only lets out a sad, mournful wirble before it turns back and crosses back out.

That is almost enough for you to reconsider, but no. You're trying to be professional here.

Besides, all of your Gym Pokemon know that the break room is supposed to be invitation only. This is a place for your Gym's humans to come and rest, not a place for fun and playtime.

"Sorry about that," you say eventually, sighing tiredly as you slump back down into your chair. Juliet's smirking broadly at you, her eyes twinkling, and all you can muster up in response is to poke your tongue out at her and then pointedly ignore her. Everyone else is looking away to hide their smiles, except for Adam, who's looking down at the desk in front of him, bored. "As we were. Harry, do you have any additional feedback?"

The boy looks down at his notes, leafing through the notebook for a moment before he responds, looking up at Juliet. "Yes, actually. Is there any reason you aren't playing with the lights mid-battle? I was expecting the lights to dim when Ghost-type moves were used, to play into their shadowed aesthetic."

You slouch back into the uncomfortable chair you'd bought for yourself, lacing your fingers over your stomach as you watch Juliet squirm. "Th- There's a lot going on!" she exclaims defensively, leaning away from him some. "Battling's hard enough work without having to do lights on my own as well!"

Harry just frowns in response, drumming his notebook against the table lightly. Juliet shrinks back down even further at that, until she's just looking despondently down in her lap. Jackson pats her easily on the shoulder, but you catch the subtle smirk he gives Harry, and it's enough for you to roll your eyes and intercede.

"Alright," you say coolly. "Is there any further feedback here?" You pause for a moment, then when there's no responses, continue; "Then let's discuss the next room. Jackson, your impressions?"

You'd had a more interesting setup for this one.

The first room had just been a standard water conflict, the kind of thing that happens daily in deserts. Resource conflicts aren't a rarity at all in nature. It's a winnower- a room designed for you to tell immediately who's completely unsuited to be receiving a badge from you, so you can tell Vera and Hawthorne to take the gloves off with them afterwards.

The second challenge you'd chosen for Jackson had been something a little more complicated. An injured Pokemon- inasmuch as a Haunter can fake an injury, at least- threatens a gang of weaker Pokemon nearby, seemingly seeking their food stores.

In reality; an egg, hidden in a sand dune behind them. (Really a hollow clay device in the rough shape and weight of an egg- beside the point, though.) A theft perpetrated in response to the Haunter's injuring of another group member that had trespassed into the cave the Haunter has claimed for it and its children.

"The scenario you used there's tricky," Jackson eventually decides. "I'm not a Psychic-type trainer, I can't talk to Pokemon or feel what they're feeling. I read a lot of mystery stories, but it still took me way too long to figure out what you were going for there."

Your brow scrunches together quizzically. "It wasn't intended to be a mystery set-up," you say slowly.

The pieces are already coming together as he responds, and you pre-emptively wince. "Maybe not," he says bluntly, "but I'm assuming just beating the Haunter and moving on wouldn't have won me any points." You concede the point with a grimace, and he nods with vindication clear on his face. "The entire challenge is running on a time limit, and that's a big cavern. Not everyone can communicate with other people's Pokemon well enough to be able to get any useful information from them."

A part of you wants to protest; that's part of the challenge! They should be looking for ways to communicate with the Pokemon, to try and discern why Pokemon are acting as they are!

But even as you think that, you have to acknowledge that that's somewhat unfair. This isn't an actual conflict out in the desert; it's an artificial challenge with a time limit you've imposed for your own sanity. Challengers can't afford to ward off the Haunter and then spend potentially hours investigating the area and connecting with the gang to gather more information.

And honestly, you shouldn't be encouraging that anyway. You're trying to get people to understand the desert and how Pokemon live in it, not get people to potentially get themselves killed spending hours beneath the hot sun trying to peer into the private lives of Pokemon out there.

"Alright," you eventually mutter. Whatever your facial expression is when you say it, it most definitely isn't a pout. A puff of cool air is enough to wipe it away anyway, and you give the Cubchoo currently sitting on the table in front of Hawthorne a grateful look. "More contextual clues, understood. Was that the biggest flaw, or did you have more?"

Jackson shakes his head. "No criticisms, though, uh. I've never done a Gym challenge before. Is that Haunter… normal for a Gym challenge? That's something worth monitoring, maybe."

"Mm." You wave your hand noncommittally. "We set this up as a two-badge challenge. That's a challenge for someone who already has two badges," you add hastily as both he and Harry just look a little lost. It doesn't appear to help their understanding any. "We- it doesn't matter. The point is, we tried to match our Pokemon to yours. Didn't quite work out that way, though, so we had to substitute in Haunter instead of the two other Pokemon we'd planned to use."

Vera nods eagerly. "Yeah. We had the gang ready to go too, they would have.." She continues rambling on about the strategy she and Hawthorne had used, and you notice Adam listening in too, his attention eagerly focused on the conversation now that it's turned to battling. Hawthorne and Juliet are paying no attention to them, though- Juliet's attempting to feed Cubchoo something you vaguely suspect might be sugar cubes, and Hawthorne's just focused on the report in front of her, flipping through the pages Harry and Jackson had written for you.

Oh well. Break time for you, then. Gives you a bit of time to focus on something else.

It's somewhat tricky to judge a Pokemon's exact level of strength without seeing them fight, admittedly, which is why you'd struggled some to figure out what threat to put up against Jackson. You can get a pretty good idea of it just by concentrating, but somewhere around the two to four badge mark, things get a bit murky. There's little real difference between a zero-badge Pokemon and a one-badge Pokemon, and past that you can judge them pretty easily, but that specific band of strength is hard to judge.

Originally, you'd planned to have Litwick and Shuppet act here. Shuppet's a one-badge Pokemon, but he's a good support for the two-badge Litwick you'd found haunting an abandoned gas station about sixty kilometres out of Halley. The two of them form a fairly appropriate team, and Litwick's Fire-typing would have proven a good challenge for Jackson's team.

Litwick had gotten himself injured training earlier this morning, though. You hadn't wanted to rush him off to get him healed, since the injury was fairly minor and likely to be all healed by tomorrow, but it had stalled out your plans some.

In the end, a four-badge Haunter had sufficed. Hawthorne had had to ask it to tone the power of its attacks down some, though. Evidently Jackson had noticed.

Harry's shuffling through his notes, so you take the opportunity to stand and stretch a little before wandering off to the back of the break room. The shadows stretch unnaturally far back here, just a little too dark, but not so dark you can't see the instant coffee bubbling away in the percolator.

You make everyone up a drink while you're there- no point being selfish about it. You prefer your coffee sweet, and Vera drinks hers pretty much the same as yours, while Hawthorne prefers hers black and bitter. Juliet's more of a tea person, though you'd noticed her wrinkling her nose at the store-bought tea bags you'd provided this morning, so you're probably going to have to dig into that preference more. Harry and Jackson had both expressed a preference for water, and Adam's too young for coffee yet, so you just have a ten-pack of bottles of orange juice in the fridge for him.

You're careful to carry the mugs of tea and coffee by their handles, but the waters and Adam's orange juice are both crackling with a thin layer of ice on top by the time you hand it to them. Finally, you sit back down, nursing your cup of coffee in your hands, and clear your throat to draw everyone's attention back to you.

"Alright," you say pleasantly. "Harry, Jackson. Is there anything further you want to discuss before we talk about the final room?"

Harry holds up his hand, looking seriously towards you. "I have something," he says seriously. You incline your head in a nod, and he understands that as the motion for him to continue that it is.

"The dossier you provided mentioned that this is meant to be a desert survival challenge." He waits for a moment to see if you interrupt him, which you don't, then continues. "I must be missing something, because it doesn't look to me like you're testing them on how they're going to deal with surviving in the desert itself. Heat, the lack of light at night, that kind of thing."

Your first instinct is to bristle defensively, but you fight that down, taking a moment to ensure you're feeling calm and level-headed as you respond. It's a fair question. "There's not much we can do to test how well someone can survive the heat and the sun here," you reply once the irritation's passed. "The problem is the time limit. We can't have challengers take more than an hour to complete their challenge, and that's not enough time to test how well they deal with heat in open environments. Trainers can just wait it out with a water bottle."

He frowns. "Then what are you testing?"

"How well they understand the desert." You shrug, then shrink in on yourself a little as you lean down to take a sip of your coffee without lifting it. Mmm. Sugary. "League requirements force me to advertise my Gym's typing, but we try to ensure a sampling of Pokemon from across the desert, and set up challenges that reflect the experiences Pokemon living out there have. I want to see how well challengers can do solving the kinds of problems they're going to encounter when traveling through the desert."

There's more to it, of course. It's just hard to explain to people who don't work within a Gym.

You haven't set your Gym up with this kind of kayfabe just because you're a dramatic person. There's another element that has become increasingly evident to your Gym Trainers over the past few weeks, and that is that you don't like training Pokemon to fight.

Jackson's not experienced enough to be able to tell, but you suspect a lot of challengers are going to notice pretty quickly that your Gym Pokemon fight like they're still wild. Even the ones you'd requested to be sent to you from the League are like that- able to mimic their wild fighting style still, despite years of training.

After all; if trainers can't deal with the kinds of wild Pokemon they're going to find out there, they're definitely not ready to be handed a badge just yet.

Maybe Jackson doesn't get that, but you suspect Harry does, because he settles back in his chair with an approving nod. You wait a moment to see if Jackson's going to follow that up at all, but he doesn't, so eventually you clear your throat again.

"Very well. Just one last item on the agenda, then; the final room. Jackson, any notes?"

This one, you're prepared for.

Or, well.

You're prepared for any amount of criticism, but you're not prepared for Jackson to just shake his head. "Nah," he says easily, his demeanour loosening up as he leans back into his chair. "Honestly, hah. I really appreciated that fight, actually. If that's what the Circuit's like, I finally get why people can just spend years throwing themselves at it."

You blink rapidly. "Th- Thank you?" you say uncertainly. That's not very actionable feedback. Damn. "Harry, did you have anything to add?"

It knocks you even more off-kilter when he shakes his head. "Nothing valuable, at least," he says with a self-deprecating chuckle. "As a stage experience, I think it's framed as well as anyone can ask. You've got the aesthetics down, and as a performer, you do better than most amateurs."

You worry at your lower lip with your teeth as you try to think of something to say in response. You were going to ask how the final challenge had been in its totality, but there's one problem with that;

Jackson had lost the challenge. If he were a real challenger, you wouldn't have given him a badge.

Oh, he'd technically done fine in the battle itself. Two-badge challenge, so you'd only allowed yourself three Pokemon; Pumpkaboo, Seel, Golurk. Jackson's Cyndaquil had taken the Pumpkaboo out before falling to the Seel, and Snover had overwhelmed it in turn before finally falling to the Golurk.

That's perfectly acceptable. Your Gym Challenge isn't calibrated for people to actually be taking down your full team.

The thing is; your challenge isn't about fighting you. That's a losing proposition. They're supposed to be realizing at some point during the fight that they're losing the battle, and start seeking alternate ways to win. That moment of realization is the point you shift the battlefield- a move plowing into a sand dune to reveal the hidden hallway on the opposite side of the room, a light flickering off to the side where the exit lies, so on, so forth.

Jackson had missed the cues, and so, if this had been a real challenge, you would have failed him on the spot.

"Well," you say finally. "Thank you for the feedback regardless, truly. It's invaluable to get a perspective on the Gym before we open it to the public. We'll make sure to forward your pay to your nominated bank accounts within three business days. Thank you for your work." And, with a single click, you turn the tape recorder off.

"Finally!" Juliet stretches her arms with a discomforting cracking sound, letting out a loud yawn. "We don't have to have that tape recorder running every day, do we?"

You shake your head, offering her a wry grin. "Just gotta have it running during official meetings, unless we want to have someone transcribing everything and sign off on its accuracy. Accountability and all that."

From there, everything flows into something rather less professional. Vera, Harry, Jackson and Juliet split off into their own small group, eagerly discussing aesthetics and performance tips- "Your voice carries a bit too far, remember our pitch lessons!"- while Adam retreats off to his own corner with more of his schoolwork splayed out in front of him on the table.

Hawthorne, meanwhile, has pulled out a laptop from somewhere- you can see the strap of a carry-bag hung around her chair; she'd probably brought it in with her- and is typing away.

You hang around in the room for a few minutes, nursing your coffee and letting yourself decompress from professional mode, before you get up from your chair and head over.

"Need anything?" you ask Hawthorne quietly. She looks up at you blankly, then back to her computer screen for a moment before she shakes her head.

"I'm fine," she replies. "Just compiling a report on the Pokemon we've caught prior to tomorrow. The nurses at the Pokemon Centre requested that we provide them with a spreadsheet with these physical attributes listed." She points towards a yellow sheet of paper stuck to the top corner of the laptop screen- you can see Height, Weight, Fur/Scale Sheen and Energy Output listed on it at a glance. "Please don't mind me. I'll be here for a few hours yet."

You watch her for a few more moments, but it appears she's said her piece. The spreadsheet on her screen is less than half-filled, and you don't want to interrupt her, though before you step away you do push a note onto the table with a murmured, "Please order yourself some lunch if you stay too late."

Adam doesn't need any help either. He's not happy to be doing his schoolwork still, though he recognizes the necessity- Laurum does have child labour laws in place, and the only way you'd been able to finagle his hiring was through a traineeship program that requires you to set aside time each week for him to study for his final year of tests at school.

"Just make sure to head off if you haven't finished by the time Hawthorne heads off," you whisper quietly to him.

You can trust Hawthorne to lock the Gym up behind her- you've given both her and Vera a set of keys to the building- so you have no problems leaving her and Adam to finish their work in the quiet.

Then, finally; it's time to head off with the larger group.

Tomorrow, you're going to have to slip on the role of Gym Leader in truth. Twelve hours a day, six days a week, or that's the schedule you've sent through to Roland- though only eight hours of those are for dealing with challengers specifically. Eight in the morning through eight at night, Sundays off.

But that's tomorrow's headache. You've stressed about it enough for the past few weeks.

Today, you and Vera have been invited to go out shopping with Juliet and her friends. One last day of fun to commemorate the occasion.

There's a tightness in your chest as you move over to them, and cold spreads through your limbs. But it's not enough to wash away the warmth you feel at this moment.




Tomorrow marks the transition point; the day in which Halley's Gym opens officially to the public, and Morgan will start accepting challengers for the badge.

This is not something Morgan can affect. The list of challengers has been determined and accepted; for two weeks, at least, Morgan will be busy running through their initial list of challengers.

This is going to be a very busy period for Morgan and all their Gym Trainers. In recognition of this, Juliet has suggested that each person working for the Gym find themselves some hobby or means of entertainment by which they can entertain themselves in the periods between challengers attending to their room and daily bouts of paperwork.

Which hobby is Morgan going to pick up to keep themselves sane while adjusting to life as a Gym Leader?


[ ] Morgan is going to pick up a carving knife through which they can start woodcarving.

Wood-carving is an interesting hobby. It is a hobby which requires one to whittle away at a piece of wood for hours at a time to draw shapes from the grain. One must patiently sit there with a knife, carving away tiny details within an object no larger than the palm of your hand.

It is a hobby born of the past. It is intrinsically born of moments now bygone; there can be nothing current about it, for it takes time to see your thoughts carved into the world. The activity is soothing, repetitive, something that allows half their mind to drift away to more pleasant times as they work. A hobby devoted to the past- bringing back images of happier times, small statues of happy moments and victories.

[ ] Morgan is going to pick up a digital camera through which they can start working on their photography.

Photography is the art of capturing a moment in time. To truly be good at the art, one must be aware of the world around them; lighting, framing, structures, the interplay of shadow and expression and artful framing of the background of the world, and in turn one can capture a moment forever, invoking memory and emotion each time one views the photograph.

It is a hobby that lives in the moment; an art born of spontaneity and awareness. The activity is calming; it drives away all regrets from the past and worries of the future, allowing one to dwell in the imperceptible "now". From each passing moment, the capturing of a smile, a warm expression, an instance of pride, an album is born; a chronicle of life and the fleeting moments that make it up.

[ ] Morgan is going to pick up a set of pencils through which they can start sketching.

Drawing freehand is an act of the imagination; the art of taking images born in one's mind and transcribing them down to paper, giving permanence to ideas that live in one's head.

Morgan worries about the future a lot, perhaps more than most. They dwell in worries of what might go wrong- and also what they might do correctly, all the myriad steps they can take to do better. Ideas spiral constantly through their head, a hundred concepts for new scripts and stages and performances flowing through and disappearing into the aether.

Sketching represents this; it is the art through which Morgan can tie down the future. It is the act and process of giving word and form to the innumerable ideas that crawl through their brain. It is a series of sketches hung proudly around the break room, thoughts and plans scrawled and hung up haphazardly so everyone can see the mess that is their mind and finally understand their vision.
 
3.3A- Press Conference
Crowds give you such a headache.

It doesn't help that this is a particularly noisy one. Partially your own fault, of course- most things usually are when you're involved- but still. You hadn't expected the crowd out the front of your Gym to be quite so big, even so.

There's hundreds of people out the front of your Gym, milling around in the tunnel and spilling out into the cavern past it. There's a surprising variety of them out there; you can see good handfuls of them with cameras and press passes, and more still with Pokeballs that press at your eyes, vague irritants that prevent your eyes from focusing properly and only send your mood further south.

You've had to dress up "appropriately" today, since you're going to be on camera. Normally, you're fine to go around in your snow-weather gear, but Roland had warned you specifically against that a week or so ago. It looks unprofessional.

Not that either of you are particularly interested in making you look professional- you're probably one of the least professional people on the planet- but it's smart to avoid giving the media crew here any more ammunition than necessary if it turns out they're hostile to your presence.

Okay. Deep breaths. Calm down.

"Got your speech ready?" you murmur. Your voice is thankfully steady, reaching Gautier without issue. The head of the local League's office is standing a few metres away, tapping away at his notes. You think there's some kind of note-keeping app he keeps on there, maybe.

He lifts his head, giving you a firm nod. "All set to go," he replies, though the way he bites his lip afterwards gives away his nervousness. "Whenever you're ready."

And the onus is back on you. Damn.

You count to five breaths again, inhale, exhale, then steel your face into the blankest expression you can make. Then, once you've shoved your hands into your pockets to hide the faint trembling they're making, you step forward out of the tunnel, making your way outside of your Gym for the first time. You concentrate, really concentrate, on being real and present, so much so that the doors slide open easily without issue and the weight of the crowd's attention falls immediately on you.

There's silence, briefly. All the crowd's murmuring and hushed arguments fade away as their attention falls on their new Gym Leader. A thousand eyes size you up at once, taking in your measure, the three Pokeballs at your waist, the androgynous cut of your suit, the awful state of your hair you'd given up trying to fix this morning, the deep bags that have sat under your eyes for eight years running.

Thankfully, you're not the one who has to speak just yet.

"Good morning, and thank you to everyone for coming here today." None of his nervousness shows through in his voice. Honestly, you're almost impressed with how much confidence he's managing to portray just by facing himself towards the crowd and posing correctly. "Welcome, all of us, to the League Circuit of 918. As you all may know, I am Gautier Perreault, the head of Halley Town's branch of the Pokemon League Association. We stand here today to honor the…"

It's around that point that you start tuning him out. Stares are burning into you. He's talking, but so few of them are listening to him. This is a rote speech, discussing the historical contexts of journeys and the mythical figures that had once crossed these lands in an effort to learn from the elders of each of the tribes that had once lived here, and as interesting as it is you can't bring yourself to care after the fifth time you've heard this kind of thing.

Your eyes flicker around the crowd instead.

Three distinct groups stand around here. They're intermingled, pressed beside each other to get the best view they could of you and your Gym, arranged more in order of when the individuals had arrived than in any kind of social order, but you can still see the three groups standing around.

First group; the media.

In some ways, this is the most distinct group. A significant number of them arrived far earlier than the majority of this crowd, early enough that they'd been here when yourself and Gautier had arrived here to plan your announcement before dawn had even broken. Expensive cameras and microphones are held steady atop tripods or balanced on careful shoulders, while attentive journalists copy down Gautier's words in shorthand, transcribing his every word and action to immortalize this irrelevant day for eternity.

In other ways, it's the most disparate group. It's the modern age. Everyone has in their hands a device that connects them to the entire world, a web of information at their fingertips. You can spot a dozen people at a glance with their phones held open, recording you and Gautier to post your videos to one of a hundred different user-built media sites.

Professional and amateur, all aligned in their singular goal of broadcasting you to the world.

Second group; the locals.

While the media might be the most disparate group in its eclectic mix of amateurism and consummate professionalism, this is the group you can tell at a glance has the biggest divide between them.

Well, you already know that. You've lived in Halley for a month now; you'd have to literally never go out into public not to have seen this particular divide before.

It's still striking to see the difference laid out in front of you, though. The poorest members of the community stand- not alongside the wealthiest members of the community, but standing only a handful of steps apart. One group of people having taken the morning off, enamoured with the fantastic contest about to start; another group of people here to see the person taking charge of the direction of the city for the next twenty years or more.

Of course, that's not what really grabs your attention.

What grabs your attention is the hostility with which they stare at you.

You're prepared for it. Roland had warned you about it before you'd even taken the job, but frankly, you'd have expected it without the warning. Small rural towns tend to be more xenophobic than most by nature; they're formed of insular communities, with people entering and exiting them much more irregularly than the larger cities you're used to.

Compound that with the fact that your position existing meaning that the town's lost not just a beloved community figure, but also that someone they don't trust to have the towns' best interests at heart, and one would have to be stupid to expect the townspeople to like you at first sight.

Nothing you can do about it now. You take a moment to really look over them, though. Affix their anger and hostility in your mind.

This is what you're working against. This is what they think of you. You can't afford to let this fester.

Okay. Finally.

Third group; the trainers.

Something people both within and without the Gym Circuit rarely seem to realize is that trainers aren't a properly defined category themselves. People seem to think of the League as its own thing, an ecosystem that draws people within and slowly turns them into another of its organisms, and that the rest of society is separate from it.

You yourself had thought that, once upon a time. It had taken stepping out of society for half a decade and change for you to be able to view society through new eyes.

Trainers aren't a class of people who pass through your Gym Circuit once a year and move onto their positions as League Trainers or push up into the Ace Circuit. No; that's misunderstanding entirely what a Trainer is.

Trainers are, instead, a kind of person. They're the people who look at Pokemon and see them not as companions, not as partners for life, but instead as creatures who enjoy battling. It's a subtle but very distinct difference.

For instance; among the crowd, you can spot three older men, in their forties or fifties by your guess, standing shiftily at the edge of the crowd. They're wearing shirts with the label of electrical companies that reside in Halley, two of them for one company, another for a different one. They look like the four other electricians from their companies that are standing around here, watching with hawklike expressions; but their Pokeballs crackle to your senses, like little bolts of static and grinding steel running down your spine, and you can feel the Electrodes and Raichu and Charjabug they hold inside them.

So when you look out at the crowd and peer for trainers, this is what you see;

There's a hundred or so of them standing scattered through the crowd, outnumbered and crowded in, but staring at you with expressions that range from hungry all the way to smirking confidence. There's no particular discernable traits you can see from here; some of them are in deep enough with their Pokemon that they've started dressing up in eccentricities, flowing hair that defies physics and outfits that make no logical sense and Pokeballs slung across strange locations on their bodies, but even more of them are just ordinary people here with just one or two Pokeballs tucked to their belts or in their coat pockets.

You close your eyes then, listening to the crowd. Taking it all in.

Everyone here wants something from you. The media wants questions, soundbites they can play across their channels and splash across their newspapers as the Circuit spins up and public excitement begins to build. The locals want to dislike you; they're predisposed to it, have already formed their opinions. Nothing you can do about that one right now. The trainers want to fight you, or want you to provide them with an environment they can fight in, at least.

Gautier finally wraps his speech up, clapping his hands together and giving the crowd one of the most forced smiles you've ever seen from a League Official. "And as always," he says as brightly as he can through a jaw twitching to clench itself closed, "we again pay thanks to the people of the Arabana. We acknowledge them as the traditional custodians of this land, and pay our respects to their people, their history, and their elders. The League remains committed to the betterment of relations between the government of Laurum and the indigenous peoples of this land."

He stops for a moment, casting his judgemental gaze over the people in the crowd who are rolling their eyes or sneering up at him, then shakes his head. "And with that, we're done. Members of the press, if you'd like to ask any questions, please step forward in just a moment. Morgan, do you have anything to say before we start?"

You straighten your spine where you'd begun to slouch forwards, then step forwards and more properly beside him. A handful of plans flash through your head, then are dismissed in turn as you open your mouth. There's an art to sounding rough and disinterested as you talk, and right now you're thankful that you've practiced that art, because otherwise you wouldn't sound quite disinterested enough for your purposes.

"Nearly opening time," you say neutrally. Your voice, though disinterested, is still pitched to carry through the cavern, even over the soft voices of the people murmuring despite the fact you're talking. "Three questions is all I'll take. Make them count, eh." You hold up a hand with three fingers splayed out, then look over at the reporters with a bored expression. Gautier's mouth tightens a little beside you before he can fix it back up into a welcoming expression.

Maybe it would have been better to play your introduction to the town kindly and warmly, but you can't. That's not the kind of person you are. You're not someone who can be all smiley and happy, reassuring the town's worries with soft words and gestures and striking the first blow into the image of you they've built up in their heads. That part of you died off a long time ago.

No; you're a cold and dismissive person. You're self-aware to know that's not a good thing, but sometimes people just have to cope with the hands they're dealt.

Cameras are flashing now, a dozen people taking photos at once even as their compatriots rush up, microphones held out. A dozen people call your name out at once, trying to draw your attention to them exclusively, their voices blurring together into a mess you can barely pick any particular words out from.

Your gaze sweeps over them. None of them particularly catch your interest, so you just point at one at random. It's a woman, slim and elegant facial features, long brown ponytail, dressed in a form-flattering suit probably requested as business casual. "Lillian Webb," she introduces herself, tilting her head so she can look ever so slightly down her nose at you. "Reporter with the Telegraph. Laurum has been abuzz for weeks with the announcement of a new Gym Leader, but nobody's been able to catch you until now. Would you like to tell us a little about yourself? Maybe let all the viewers at home get to know you a bit?"

A sigh escapes you, barely audible, but likely visible on camera. Introductory questions. You'd really hoped to avoid these by limiting their questions.

"There's not much to know," you reply evenly. "My name is Morgan, as you already know. I was born in Fiore, but I've spent the past decade in Sinnoh… training." There's a notable pause as you try to find the right word to describe your time in Sinnoh. Hopefully nobody picks up on it. "I've spent a lot of time working in conservation and rescue situations in the past. You might see some of my work around Halley over the next few months."

She stares at you for a moment, as though waiting for you to follow that up with something else, but you don't give it to her. After the moment's passed, you've already turned to the crowd, surveying for the next person you're going to point to as you pointedly ignore her attempts at a follow-up question.

Someone else catches your eye then- this time a scruffy-jawed teenager, holding up his phone as he either records or is streaming your words to an unknown audience somewhere. There's a Pokemon peeking up on his shoulder- a Mincinno. You gesture at him, pointing your fingers in a small firing motion to make it clear who exactly you're pointing at.

"O-Oh!" The boy stammers, then hurries closer so he can shout his question up at you. "Hi! Gym Leader Morgan! I'm Teddy, a streamer on Shocknet and one of the members of the Livewire podcast. This is being sent live, if that's okay?" You nod just a little, and he settles back down on his heels, relieved. "So, um. Some of my viewers have been wondering. Several Gym Leaders have mentioned tensions in the League between Gym Leaders and the Champion. Does your new job as Gym Leader have anything to do with those rising tensions, or is it all just rumours?"

Your eyes flicker up for a moment, then around the crowd before finally settling back on the boy- Teddy. "I can't comment on the perspective other Gym Leaders may have on the situation, of course," you say blandly, and though dissatisfaction flickers across his face for a moment, he just nods and keeps his phone trained on you. Next to you, you can see the tension in Gautier's frame. He's just going to have to cope with that.

"To the best of my understanding," you murmur, loudly and seemingly thoughtfully, "Laurum's Champion took his position most of five years ago today. All of Laurum's current Gym Leaders aside from myself were appointed prior to his tenure. Tensions are inevitable when a new leader with a differing vision take over. I, of course, cannot comment on any personal relationships between other Gym Leaders and the Champion himself and any frictions between them that may or may not exist."

There. Hopefully that's a neutral enough answer to not set anything on fire. Probably not, though; you can see Gautier beside you, eyeing you off with alarm written over his face. Oh well.

The boy's asking you something else, but you've already tuned him out. Your attention flicks back to the more professional media, looking for someone who might actually ask you an interesting question. You don't find them, though- or rather, you don't know what you're looking for, exactly. Same difference in the end.

So, eventually, you just wave at one of the people waiting more sedately in the back. Rather not reward the people pushing towards you and still shouting questions if you don't have to.

This one's a man, dressed rather more casually than Lillian had been. Probably one of Laurum's more local reporters, then- though that might be a bit of a snap judgement on your part.

He steps forward, clears his throat. "Good morning," he says, his voice well-natured and surprisingly cheerful. "Samuel McKinsey, here on behalf of Nine Prime. You've told us this morning a little about yourself, so I'd like to know a little bit more about your Gym if you don't mind. Why did you decide to build your Gym here, so far out of the way of the rest of the city? Does it have anything to do with your predecessor?"

You blink once.

Samuel looks at you, then subtly turns his head a little to the right. His camera follows him. You keep your head as still as possible, but your gaze follows nonetheless, where it lands on a man leaning well behind the rest of the crowd, against one of the struts supporting the tunnel out of the cavern.

A man you recognize. Evidently, Samuel does too.

Leonardo Browne. The previous Gym Leader here.

The picture in the League's database had been of a large, jovial man, laugh lines clear on his face and shoulders wide as a barrel as he'd helped his Excadrill carry out an unconscious Graveller from a mineshaft. Raven-haired, piercing green eyes. Even in the picture he'd exuded the kind of charisma that leaves people wanting to walk up and introduce themselves. The kind of person you'd expect to meet at the local bar, and might just offer to treat you and your family to dinner to catch up despite that he's only spoken to you twice before.

The man standing beside the strut now looks like that man, if that man had been aged twenty years in the span of five. His clothes still fit him well, but he's no longer half so bulky or jovial. His hair's fading to gray, and laugh lines have given way to craggy wrinkles stealing down his face, despite that he's only forty-four now. He looks… sick. Not like he has a cold, or cancer; but instead the kind of long-term sickness that weathers one before their time, sapping from them vitality and energy and leaving them a shell of themselves.

You turn your gaze properly back to Samuel. No time to get distracted now. Questions burn furiously in your mind- why is he here? What does he want to get out of this? Is he just here to see the person who'd replaced him, or-

"I decided on building my Gym down here to avoid causing any further ecological damage to the Pokemon living around Halley," you say abruptly, turning your attention back to the reporter. "Extant mineshafts have been dug through the earth around Halley for tens of miles in many directions. The damage that digging more might do to colonies of Pokemon living in the area is extremely significant. I hope that by showing this to young trainers, we can work on building awareness and hopefully prevent further catastrophic damage being done to the ecosystem."

Samuel looks at you with a patient smile. You hum, then wave for him to go on. At least he's polite about it.

"So, you're an ecological activist," he says, a smile spreading across his face. The words set you on edge, even though his expression is still just as friendly as ever. "I'm sure all our viewers at home will rest better at night knowing that our environment is resting in better hands. Would you say that this is one of the reasons you were brought on as Halley Town's newest Gym Leaders?"

This question is a trap. You don't know how it's a trap, but you can sense it is somehow.

Too bad you have no idea how to avoid it.

You let the silence hang for a few moments, then shrug. "I'm afraid I can't comment on why I was chosen for this position," you say, letting just a little coldness bleed into your tone. "If you want to understand the rationale behind my appointment, I'll direct you to Gautier here, or to the Champion's office. If that's all, then I'm afraid I must leave you with Gautier. It's nearly opening time."

You swirl, turning your back to the crowd, then snap your fingers loudly. The sound is loud enough to echo despite the disgruntled sounds of reporters and locals murmuring indignantly behind you.

"Walker Lee," you say loudly, so loud that nobody in the crowd can claim to have missed your words. "Looks like we're starting a bit early. Come on in."

And you stride into the gaping maw of your Gym.

Your first challenge starts now.
 
3.3B- Winding Halls
Walker Lee stares at the Gym Aide with astonishment writ plain on his face.

"What do you mean, I can't bring my phone in with me?" he asks, flabbergasted. This is the strangest Gym rule he's ever heard in his life.

The Gym Aide just shrugs, though. "It's in the rules you signed," the man says blandly. "I advised you to read them through carefully before signing them yesterday. It's written in plain text here on page three." He turns the paper towards Lee, tapping at a particular paragraph on the page.

I agree not to bring any equipment, electronic or otherwise, that might be used to record, surveil or capture video footage from within the Gym's premises. Signed, and his signature loops around that particular segment of the page, a messy scrawl he'd developed after the fourth time a gym had asked him to sign one of these ridiculous nine-page documents with thirty-three spaces to sign in them.

"But that's just… I sign one of those at every Gym!" he protests. "And it's never been an issue. How am I supposed to watch the fight back later if I can't even record it?!"

The Aide just shrugs lackadaisically. "Take it up with the Gym Leader," he drawls. "Rules are the rules, though. Drop it in the basket, please."

He considers walking back out for a moment, but only a moment, before Lee grumbles and drops his phone into the basket, which is quickly swept back and deposited below the Aide's desk. "Whatever," he grumbles. "What am I in for here, anyway?"

The man hums from his chair. "This is a Ghost Gym, secondary Ice," the man replies, looking him over. "Personally, I hope you're a horror fan. Dark and Steel-types would be effective, though I suppose it's a bit late to be offering you that piece of advice."

Lee just offers him a slight sneer before turning and marching off to the tunnel. Yes, obviously, it's a bit late to be telling him what kind of moves his team should have if he wants to succeed here, thanks for stating the obvious.

Still. Ghost and Ice. Not the best match-up for his Fighting-types. His mind's already spinning, trying to concoct a solution for this fight.

Mienshao's going to be useful against the Gym's Ice-types, but worse than useless against any Ghost-types that are sent out. He'll have to keep her in reserve, only bring her out against a powerful Ice-type so she can actually do some work here. Combusken and Pangoro are better bets.

He hums, thinking it through for a moment, then brings out his Pangoro. A quick flick of the ball summons the huge Pokemon to his side, causing it to look at him and let out a dissatisfied rumble.

Lee huffs. "Settle down, Yami," he groans. "I promise I'm not wasting your time. I told you we were going to be fighting powerful opponents again soon, didn't I?"

Yami's grumbles disappear almost instantly, and the huge Pokemon perks up, looking around. Lee takes a moment to stretch out his legs, letting an anticipatory grin stretch across his face, before taking his first steps into the Gym.

Anyone's first steps into the Gym.

They've only made it a little ways in when there's a crackle above them. Yami instantly falls into an alert position, the huge Pokemon's fists rising up defensively to ward off an incoming ambush, and Lee pivots, placing his back to Yami's so he can see whatever's coming behind them. It's an instinct that only lasts a moment; then the sound registers to both of them, the sound of an intercom turning on, and their stances relax as the Gym Leader's voice crackles forth.

"We walk here through an ancient land." Morgan's voice echoes through the hall, distorted through the sound of tinny speakers and bouncing off the stone surrounding Lee, making it seem like the voice was coming from every direction at once. "For a hundred million years and more, this world has existed in its varying forms. Come, challenger. Let us take a walk through history together."

The voice cuts off then, leaving a sharp silence so abrupt Lee is left blinking and looking around.

Gee.

Lee had been listening to that speech outside, but he'd thought the man would be a bit more passionate in his own Gym. Instead, if anything, he sounds more detached here than he had outside.

It's a little unsettling.

The thing is, Lee isn't new to the circuit. This is his third year. He'd won four badges last year, primarily those in the desert- though Split Peaks barely counts any more, really- and he's challenged six Gyms total. Five, if you don't count Cora.

There's one thing they'd all had in common; their Gym Leaders all cared. Sure, Eloise wears a strict face, and he's never quite been able to pin down Frederick, but each and every one of them has been there, been involved, been passionate even if they're not warm.

It makes the hairs on the back of his neck prickle to hear one of them talk so clinically- especially once he and Yami finally notice the first bit of writing on the wall.

The walls themselves are smooth, enough that the writing looks neat and orderly instead of having a roughly textured appearance. It's painted in large letters, starting near the top of the wall and descending down the floor. That isn't what really catches Lee's eye, though. That would be the written words themselves- and the image on the wall bolted beside it, a huge painted canvas behind thick, transparent glass.

His eyes skim rapidly over the text, jumping from word to word. At first, he's just checking it for any clues to the fight ahead- some of them like to do that.

… made of carbonaceous chondrite, though some geologists today dispute this. The size of the asteroid is similarly disputed; some scientists believe it may have been as small as ten kilometres wide, while others believe it may have been as wide as fifteen kilometres end-to-end…

Blinking, he looks away, over to the image next to the writing. It's a painting. A watercolour, and an impressive example of the style. It depicts a scene of space- sweeping black, punctuated by only the faintest specks of shining silver in the background, representing stars- with the bottom half of the image taken up by an asteroid. It looks exactly how he'd imagined- a huge rock, peppered with small craters, ash grey and bleak.

He huffs a little, then turns back to Pangoro. His Pokemon looks at him quizzically, but Lee just shakes his head, just as confused as the Pokemon is.

The intercom buzzes again as Yami and Lee step through.

"Before this land was a desert, it was a wetland." Morgan's voice crackles over the intercom again, a staticky sound that causes an involuntary shudder to go down Lee's spine. He looks up, but there's no intercom to be seen anywhere. Where is the voice coming from? It's like it's coming from directly behind him, from directly to his side, and from straight in front of him all at once.

"Before this land was a wetland, it was a frozen wasteland." The voice speaks again as he continues walking, and Yami lets out a low, rumbling growl at the sound as he too looks around the hall. "Before it was a frozen wasteland, it was a verdant forest." The sound's come from behind Lee again, and he can't help but pick up his pace just a little. "Before it was a forest, it was overgrown with mould and lichen. And before even the lichen, this land was nothing but stone, baking endlessly beneath a hot sun."

Lee is walking fast enough now that the images on the wall are starting to blur together. His eyes dance over the text written beside them, but he's not stopping to read the whole things, just glancing over the start of the text and moving on.

Honestly, as freaky as the whole voice-coming-from-nowhere thing is, the images are probably the worse part of this experience.

They don't start off bad. Pictures of asteroids, space, pictures of the planet as it had looked pre-impact. It's all stuff he's seen before, in school textbooks, on random articles online.

If they'd stayed just that, he'd be fine.

The first one that makes him slow for a moment is a picture of the planet, covered in black and red. It takes him a moment to realize what exactly he's seeing; until he reads the text beside it, to be exact.

… impact ignited a series of massive wildfires across the globe. These wildfires would spread for a period of months afterwards. This had a devastating effect on the land's climate. Debris from the comet would rain down, raising the temperature in the atmosphere by as much as several hundred degrees. Perhaps the most devastating effect, though, was the ash cloud that spread across the atmosphere, plunging the planet into darkness for an indeterminate length of time…

He's heard of this one, actually. It's a mandatory topic at school- the extinction event that had led to the fossilization of so many species of Pokemon.

"It's interesting to think about." Lee flinches, having gotten so caught up reading this particular infographic that he'd almost forgotten the creepy voice chasing him through the hallway. Evidently, Morgan doesn't care, because the voice continues on without a pause; "This desert has lain here for a million years, yet in the history of this land, this is just a footnote. All habitation of this land, every trace of our presence- we have been here for a heartbeat to this planet."

The next image is worse. Maybe not for most, but- Lee had lived in Hoenn as a kid. He might have only been four or five at the time, but he still remembers visiting Pacifidlog just a few years back. Seeing the aftermath of the huge waves Kyogre had summoned, the wreckage of his house still sitting there against an artificial island, the tiny saplings only just starting to grow back in even miles and miles deep into the mainland.

It's not pleasant, seeing the same kind of destruction depicted here. Especially not when it's even worse. Miles and miles and miles, dozens or even hundreds of miles of land burned out and then flooded.

He remembers, vaguely, a statistic he'd read once in school.

The impact that had marked the great extinction event had wiped out over 75% of all life on the planet's surface.

He can understand that figure a little better now, seeing all that destruction laid out in front of him. A map of the death of the world, spread out in a series of mundane infographics and a handful of cartoonish images.

Yami's watching him judgmentally now. Lee curls his lip up at the Pokemon, which he returns with his own low growl, but settles down a little.

Screw this.

Morgan says something else over the intercom, but Lee doesn't listen to the words. The tone's bad enough- that dry, clinical tone speaking about death and extinction and geological eras or whatever like it doesn't even matter, compounded by the harsh crackle of the speakers every time they turn on, the tinny screech that echoes through every time his voice goes too high, the way he can't even see the intercoms.

There's nothing there. There's nothing, no matter how hard he looks. Just smooth stone stretching behind and in front in every direction, and images of death.

It's enough that, when he finally stumbles forward, when another curve in the mineshaft opens up into a huge cavern, easily the size of any Galarian arena, he can't help but let out a shaky breath of relief.

Finally.

Something he can actually fight against.




Juliet sits within her little alcove behind a stalagmite, yawning as she peers over at Adam. He's currently staring at the notepad in front of him, frowning fiercely as he reads through it for the fourth time this morning.

A part of her wants to tell him to relax, but the louder, more adult part of her tells her to leave it be. It's good for him to focus- everyone had been a bit worried about how well he'd be able to keep his attention on the job while waiting for trainers to head on through, even if nobody's been willing to say it out loud. She can tell- she has a good eye for these things.

Her earpiece crackles, and her hand instinctively goes up to it, pressing it even though it works just fine without any interference on her part. Morgan's cool voice filters through.

"Challenger's about to head through to you." She- they, she corrects herself; they- say, as dispassionate as ever. It makes her lip curl up a little into a tiny smirk as she listens, though she'd never let them see it. "Is the scenario prepared?"

"Mhm." She and Adam both make affirming noises in response at the same time. "Everything's set up and prepared to go."

Morgan makes one of their weird purring sounds, the ones they think sound like humming. "Okay. What Pokemon have you decided on?"

Adam speaks up first, his voice strained and tense. "Litwick and the Phantumps here, the ones from the mountain,," he responds almost instantly.

"Good choice." Juliet can see the small smile he quickly stifles even from all the way over here. "Be careful with them. I'm not sure how well that Litwick will respond to being ordered to pretend to faint. If she actually fights, don't be scared to knock her out, but be sure to attend to her quickly after the fight. Juliet?"

She looks down at the two Pokeballs in front of her- one closed, one open. Then, she looks up at the Pokemon in front of her. "I was thinking Dusclops and Mismagius," she says hesitantly. "They're the best pair for this kind of scenario? Mismagius is the stealthiest Pokemon we have that you've said is appropriate to use for this kind of challenge, and, well." She gestures vaguely in the direction of the Dusclops.

Thankfully, Morgan understands what she means, she thinks. At least, they just make an affirmative sound before moving on. "Understood. Get ready- the challenger will be approaching in approximately one minute."

Juliet lets out a shaky breath, then nods.

Right. Right, right, right.

Mask on, girl.

She flicks the second Pokeball over, then presses the button on the front. Red light flashes, her own converging with the three simultaneous releases over near Adam's stalagmite, and instead of an energetic burst there's instead a muted groan as Dusclops appears in front of her.

No. That's not right.

She closes her eyes, then opens them again. Dusclops and Mismagius stand in front of her with identical mischievous expressions, their smiles only widening when they see their little prank didn't work.

"Alright." She speaks quickly, already gesturing over towards another stalagmite, closer to the center of the arena. "Like we went over this morning, it's time for our first real runs today. Mismagius, you're on ambush duty- remember, stay inside of the barriers. Dusclops, you're on predator duty. Keep their attention focused on you!" Her voice is already raised at the end, calling out as loudly as she dares to Dusclops' retreating back even though she can see the little earpiece artfully camouflaged on the side of his head.

Then, she settles herself back in behind the stalagmite. She's dug herself a little cubby-hole into the sand today, piling the sides just a little higher and digging herself down enough to hopefully hide her shadow today.

The tablet in her lap boots up remarkably fast, though not as fast as the X-tablet she has at home. She's past the intro and already loading up the camera feed by the time Morgan's voice is playing over the speakers overhead.

The speakers crackle, the lights flicker and dim, the cheap speakers distort their sound from behind a thin layer of rock as they get to work.

Famine, fire and flood. The day the meteor fell, a dozen apocalypses beset the world. For a hundred hours, for a hundred days, for a hundred years, the world fell apart around the creatures that inhabited it. Precious few would survive the fires and the frost that followed. Those who did would find themselves in a dark and hostile world.

This is your test, challenger; disaster has struck. Wild Pokemon roam the sands of the desert. Pass through, and continue through the halls.


The camera feed picks up the challenger- a tanned boy, features more Kantonian than Unovan, probably midway between her and Adam's age, she'd guess. Sixteen, maybe seventeen. He's paused by the entrance into the cavern, his eyes darting around. Beside him stands his first Pokemon- a Pangoro.

She takes a deep, trembling breath.

Okay. Time for the scenario.

"Be ready." Her voice is low, so low that the boy has no chance to hear it, several hundred metres away as he is. Dusclops and Mismagius can hear her just fine, though. "Adam, are your Pokemon in position?"

His voice is curt and tense as he replies. "Everything's good on my end. What's he waiting for?"

"He's probably nervous," she replies, burrowing herself a little more into the sand. It's sticking to her hair, ugh. She's going to have to figure out some other way to hide herself here; this is going to be awful for her skincare as well if she keeps it up. "It's fine. He's only running down his own timer."

She's only just finished saying that when the challenger does finally walk through. There's bravado in his steps, though even through the cameras, Juliet can see the way his head turns constantly, scanning for danger. Mentally, she bumps him up a point- though only one; his Pangoro isn't doing the same, just grumbling lowly behind him.

Finally, he reaches the first marker- a stalactite on the roof, marked with a faint orange strip on the base, easily picked up by cameras but barely noticeable to anyone on the ground. Her earpiece crackles for a second, then Adam's voice comes through again; "Okay. Kick it off, boys."

Tick, tock. Prep time's up. Curtains rising.

Juliet takes a deep breath. Snaps her fingers. Exhales.

Then her voice cracks across the system again, electricity snapping her voice across the room straight to Dusclops' ears. "Showtime, buddy," she murmurs. "Let's get moving."

Images flash across the tablet, three screens from three cameras. She can see the whole arena from their vantage points, split across the roof. She can manipulate them, turn them, zoom them, even flick them to infrared if the scenario demands they flick off the lights. All the information a trainer could ever need, right at her fingertips.

The scenario is this;

It's a simple trek through the desert. If the challenger wants, they can walk through unimpeded, a straight path across. Two minutes at a jog, three at a walk. There and gone. There's a validity to that; the challenger is focused on their own journey, focused on keeping their own Pokemon healthy and strong. It would be wrong to penalize a trainer for that.

And to do it, all they need to do is ignore the pitiable sight of a handful of Pokemon lying in a ditch, weakened and famished. Easy prey for the roving Pokemon heading towards them, eyes fixed intensely on the first meal it's had in a week.

(There's something unsettling about how easily each of the Pokemon settles into their role. Litwick and the two Phantumps, each so weak, so fragile- even Joker could match them in strength, and she's barely ever fought with them before. Acting weak and famished comes so easily to them. And Dusclops- she wonders, a little bit. Is he even acting when that hungry light enters his eyes?)

She sees how he hesitates for a moment, looking over at the little group, then casts his gaze around. Indecision wars over his face, and he takes a few strides forward, then halts. Another step forward; another halt.

The mic attached to the closest camera is sensitive to pick up the challenger's next words;

"Ah, hells. Taim'd be disappointed with us if we just let this one go, wouldn't he?"

The Pangoro behind him rumbles, an eager grin turning the brute's expression savage, and it steps forward, holding each of its two giant hands up and curling them into fists.

They strike first.

The Pangoro leans down for just a moment, putting all its weight on its feet as it balances itself with just one arm, fist pressed against stone and sand- then it kicks off the ground, far faster than Dusclops had anticipated, kicking up a huge spray of sand across its own trainer. Its awful power gives it a huge advantage here; it's able to kick off with such force that it rockets forward, clearing half the distance between it and the Dusclops before Juliet can even register that it's moving.

Her Pokemon scarcely has time to even brace itself before the Pangoro slams into it, slamming its fists down into him coated in dark energy. A wicked grin spreads across the Pokemon's face again, and it doesn't just stop with its fists- it opens its hand across Dusclops' face, wicked claws of darkness springing into darkness across each finger, and drags them down in a truly devastating Night Slash.

There's nothing Dusclops can do but take the attack. Both it and Juliet had been taken off-guard by the sheer speed of the Pangoro's charge. No time to actually defend against the attack; the best Dusclops can do is just shift his legs a little and lean back- just far enough that the attack actually sends him flying back instead of remaining up close with the beastly fighter. It buys him just enough distance to roll back up to his feet and fling himself to the side before the Pangoro crashes into where he'd just been standing again.

Just a moment's reprieve- enough time for the Pangoro to look down at the empty sand beneath it, look around, reorient itself, spring again. Three seconds, if that.

Just long enough for Dusclops to raise its hand, grinning with anger and malice as fire spins in its hands. Five little flames, glowing eerie blue, that lance forwards straight in front of the Dusclops.

That's the thing about speed. True speed isn't measured by how fast someone can get from point A to point B. That is just a pure expression of strength; the harder you can kick off the ground, the more distance you can cover in one stride, the faster you'll cover the intervening distance.

True, actual speed, on the other hand, is so much more than that. It's how agile you are; how well you can leap over or around obstacles, how fast you can turn, how easily you can regain your speed if you're slowed for a moment. It's how fast you can process information .It's how quickly one can react to what's coming for it.

That's where the Pangoro fails. It can leap forwards at incredible speeds, certainly, closing the gap between it and more mobile opponents with astonishing velocity. What it can't do is react fast enough to avoid the incoming Will-O-Wisp, the magical fires that unerringly seek out the Pangoro's joints and sear them with a sound so loud the mic can pick up its sizzling flesh from here.

Sometimes, a single attack is all it takes to even the playing field.

Juliet stays silent, intently focused on the cameras. Her role here isn't to direct the Pokemon around. They all know how to fight already, each having developed their own fighting style out in the wilds. She's here to study the challenger- watch how they fight, how they react, how they keep in mind their environment.

They're pretty good. More focused on the fight than on keeping the vulnerable 'injured' Pokemon safe; the Pangoro cares little for its positioning, choosing more often to rush Dusclops at every opportunity than to make sure that the Pokemon is angled away from the little group, but still pretty good. Dusclops is the kind of Pokemon who can take a beating and a half and remain standing, as it'd proved when it had stared Vera down in the deserts above- and it's really having to showcase that now, because despite the burns that cause the Dark-type to flinch every time it raises its arms for another blow, Pangoro's still going, landing two or three hits for every blow Dusclops lands in retaliation.

She's getting too invested into this fight.

Juliet leans back with a quickly-stifled sigh, then starts tapping away at the tablet. Notes of everything she's noticing about the fight start flowing into a quick report;

Trainer shows awareness of the need to avoid collateral damage. Awareness slips easily out of the trainer's mind; situational awareness lacking.

Trainer's Pokemon showcase significant levels of competence. Their fighting style is powerful and precise, with little wasted type energy when performing attacks.

Co-ordination between trainer and Pokemon is an exploitable weakpoint; trainer's ability to notice flaws and communicate in battle


On and on, her fingers flying across the screen as she tries to pour down everything she's noting into a report she can send to Morgan once the challenge is over.

The gym timer's still ticking down. Seventy-one seconds and counting since the fight began, and at this point Dusclops is just retreating, barely even bothering to try and land any retaliatory blows on the Pokemon. The taste of victory is close- she can see it in the way the challenger's leaning forward, in the flaring of Pangoro's nostrils, in the way Dusclops recovers just a little slower after each blow now, the shadowy billowing of its Protects barely enough to protect it from every other blow now.

"Juliet." Adam's voice whispers straight into her ear, soft but unexpected enough to make her flinch a little. "Should I-?"

"No," she whispers back. "Don't worry. I've got this covered." And she quickly swaps over to another program on the tablet, hitting a button that sends a short tone over to another earpiece in the Gym.

Adam is, of course, referring to the contingency plan for this scenario. There's a few ways they can play it out, but it all comes back down to the same basic idea. One of Adam's ghosts gets up and attempts to "help", or seek revenge on the predator who'd come to consume them all. It stumbles and gets in the way of an attack, causing the attacker to retreat in concern. Alternately, it attempts to aid the challenger, but conveniently 'misses', striking the challenger's Pokemon with a status move- a Will-O-Wisp, or maybe a Confuse Ray or Hypnosis. It all depends, really.

She doesn't need the help right now, though. Looks like Adam's already forgotten the other part of the scenario.

If the challenger was looking up, instead of tunnelling all of their focus on the fight happening in front of them, there's a good chance he might be able to react in time to do something here. Power Gem has a fairly long build-up time, contextually- it's difficult to use mid-fight for this reason, at least for Ghost-types like Mismagius. It takes a full couple of seconds to charge up the attack, and then the wielder has to actually aim it, presenting themselves towards the opponent and throwing up their arms or such as a guideline.

If the challenger had been paying attention, the Pangoro might have dodged the attack. However, as these things go, he isn't; and Mismagius' Power Gem slams into the Pangoro from seemingly out of nowhere, fully charged and hitting hard enough to send the giant Pokemon crashing into the ground- right in range of the Dusclops, who's able to use the opportunity to hit him with another Thunder Punch.

Both Juliet and Adam watch the rest of the fight with dispassionate eyes.

Mismagius' entrance into the battle isn't actually much of a game-changer. Juliet had deliberately waited until Dusclops was nearly down to have her enter the field; it's too unfair otherwise to jump a fourth-badge challenger with two Pokemon at once. Mismagius is fragile, and though she's damned good with Ghost-type attacks, Juliet had instructed her not to use any of them this battle. She's there to see how challengers react to surprise and ambushes, not to significantly add to the battle.

Fortunately, he doesn't disappoint. The two of them take a scant second to take in what had just happened, then they're already responding, the Pangoro rolling up to his feet and bounding away quickly so he can scan the ceiling, quickly finding Mismagius up there.

The world shrieks silently as the Pangoro holds its arms to its sides for just a moment. A writhing mass of dark energy forms within- radiating with darkness, somehow, like an object reflecting scintillating light in every direction, except instead of reflecting light it consumes it, casting shadow and darkness over the walls of the cavern.

A moment passes, energy gathers. Every combatant takes a moment, focusing, taking the time to make sure their next hit counts.

Then Pangoro shifts forward. A beam lances out, the Pokemon thrusting its arms out towards Mismagius in a futile effort to direct the energy into a tighter stream, make it hit harder, faster. Emptiness washes over the cavern in its wake, the very light and colour in the cavern fading out, leaving behind what Juliet can only describe as nothing. Not darkness, not shadow, but instead a void, stone and sand still standing and somehow visible but devoid entirely of any colour or shading.

The Mismagius is a stealthy fighter. The Power Gem had hit Pangoro, and hit it hard- but the challenger's Pangoro is tough, too tough to be taken out by any single hit, even a charged and carefully-directed hit impacting it from ambush. She's fast for a ghost, and hits deceptively hard- but she's frail.

The lance connects faster than Mismagius could hope to dodge. She barely has time to widen her eyes and attempt to shoot off a Charge Beam before the Pangoro's attack drives her back into the barrier faintly shimmering in front of the cavern roof- then pulses, a second wave of hastily-gathered energy driving up the beam, then a third.

A heartbeat, and Mismagius falls. A single hit.

Juliet has to take a second to recover herself before she can add a new note to the challenger's file;

Challenger's Pangoro demonstrates the ability to pack overwhelming power in a single attack.

There's precious little fight left after that. Dusclops holds on as long as he can, but he was already run down when Mismagius intervened. When the Pangoro re-focuses on him, it's all he can do to land a few more hits before he goes down in turn with a pained groan, sinking down to his feet.

Juliet and Adam burrow down a little as the challenger walks past a couple minutes after that, spraying the Pangoro down as he goes. There's some chatter between the two of them, the trainer already passing on some advice to the Pokemon, but Juliet ignores it, tapping away at her tablet.

Challenger did not stop to ascertain the well-being of other Pokemon potentially caught in the crossfire.

She adds a few more notes, the last things she thinks might be helpful for Morgan to know, then finalizes and saves the report. It takes a few moments for it to upload to the local server, whereupon Morgan… should receive a notification about it.

Then she sits there for a moment, tired despite not having really done anything these last few minutes.

Their work isn't going to end any time soon. The next challenger should be through in fifty minutes or so. There's a lot of work they have to do before then- setting up the next scenario, fixing up the sands and stalagmites the battle had damaged, healing up the Dusclops and Mismagius (though Adam's already out there handling that- they'd both agreed she's much better at writing the reports than he is), and finalizing their actual long-form report on the battle to go into the guy's League report.

Juliet takes a moment, just a moment, to close her eyes and massage her temples.

Then, she gets up, dusting as much sand as she can get off her clothes, and moves out to find one of the Golurk powered down in their little cave.

At least it pays well, she thinks to herself; and if she lets out a cackle at the thought, it's not out of place amongst all the other Ghost-types here.




Lee doesn't enter the next hallway just yet. This one's narrower than the previous one, and has a little less head clearance, too- just enough to make it annoying for Yami to navigate.

Potions aren't cheap- not the kind that'll do much to alleviate the Pangoro's injuries, at least- but the few months since last year's circuit has given him enough of a stockpile to not have to worry about using them here.

Conscious of the time still ticking down on the clock, Lee tries his best to hurriedly apply as much of the Super Potion as he can before swapping over to a Burn Heal, running the rawst-mixture carefully over the burns on his Pokemon's arms.

"Alright, buddy," he murmurs as he moves. Yami's injuries are extensive. That Dusclops had been an absolute beast, taking as many hits from the Pangoro as it had. The blows it had dealt in turn hadn't been truly debilitating, thankfully, but they're still painful. "I think we're going to have to give you a chance to rest before we face the Gym Leader."

Yami growls in protest, raising one of his fists. The movement's slower than normal, and Lee can see his pupils widen with the pain, but the meaning is clear; 'I can still fight. They haven't taken me down.'

Lee just shakes his head. "No," he says firmly. "We discussed this earlier, Yami. Don't play ignorant. Ikari deserves her time just as much as you do."

Yami bares his teeth, then huffs, looking to the side with a dark expression. Lee frowns, then extends the Pokeball out. A flash of red light, and Yami disappears.

He'd thought Yami was over this kind of glory-seeking behaviour after Eloise had dismantled him last year. It'd been a humiliating loss to realize that she didn't even need half her team to tear him apart. They'd barely managed to take down her Cofagrigus, and then Mimikyu had shredded Yami and Shujin each without even seeming to exert any effort.

Lee frowns as he clips Yami's ball back on his waist, then lifts Ikari's Great Ball up in turn. A flash of red light reveals his Primeape standing on the floor in front of him, looking cautiously up at him.

"Alright, Ikari," he says easily. She falls back on the balls of her feet, bouncing lightly in a one-two rhythm as she looks up at him, giving him her full attention. "First challenge's down; next one's just through this hall ahead. You ready to show us what you've learned?"

She hoots, throwing her fists up in the air and dancing around in a little circle. A big grin shoots across Lee's face as he watches her give an impromptu little dance before he's forced to cut her off and start walking through the next hall.

Thankfully, none of his trepidation shows on his face, else she'd probably lose what little respect she has left for him. He's beaten this Gym's first challenge already, thrown Yami at it and walked away victorious despite the fact they'd ambushed him and his Pokemon with an unexpected double battle and why is there a skeleton here.

Even Ikari lets out a little shriek as they turn the first curve and a huge skeleton looms in front of them. It takes each of them a long moment to recover before they look at each other, sharing a disturbed look, then step forward to examine it more.

It's a Haxorus skeleton. Not that Lee can recognize it on sight, of course. The Pokemon's name is written there, splashed across the wall in what looks an awful lot like dried blood, scrawled messily and paint or blood left to drip artfully down, it's just not the first thing that one's attention is drawn to when there is a skeleton posed to look like it's going to lunge directly at you any second now.

It has to be paint. There's plenty of paints that go this kind of dark reddish-brown colour. He's seen this colour before in paintings of the desert. It's just normally paired with yellows and lighter browns and searing blues, not scrawled over a poorly-lit stone wall beside a skeleton.

There's a soft thunk, causing Lee to look down at Ikari, who had… just leaned forward to try and touch the skeleton. Her hand's pressed up against something-

Oh! It's not just a skeleton left out in the open to scare him- it's actually in a display case. He hadn't been able to see the glass because there's no light being thrown on it, and for whatever reason, it's not throwing out a reflection.

Still unnerving, though. Did they really have to pose it like that?

"Come on, Ikari." His words are more of a sigh than they are proper words, but Primeape understands him anyway, and skitters over to bounce around his feet. She keeps up the movements as he walks, unable to stay still for more than a single moment.

It feels like every time he turns around a new curve, there's another skeleton there, placed so that it looks like it's going to attack him. Here, an Archeops and an Aerodactyl are perched on a stone shelf above, wings lowered as though they're prepared to dive the instant he gets in range; there, a Kabutops is revealed as he passes by a bit of stone jutting out from the wall, arm blades held high as though to strike him down from ambush.

The worst part, though, is that they move.

It's not obvious- only little movements here and there when he's not looking. He turns once to comment to Ikari about a fierce-looking Bastiodon; when he looks back, the skeleton's head has been raised, turning to look him directly in the eye. Another time, he looks away from the skeleton of a Garchomp to read the infographic written messily onto the wall beside it; movement from the corner of his eye catches his attention, and when he glances back over, its arm has moved as though it had been reaching for him.

That one's the final straw.

"This is stupid," he declares out loud. Ikari looks up at him, then spins into an impromptu cartwheel that has her practically flying across the Garchomp's display case. "They're just messing with us. C'mon, girl."

He marches through the rest of the hall with his head held high, deliberately ignoring the rest of the display in his way. Movement catches his eye from his peripherals, but he doesn't turn his head to take it in, just keeps moving. Red flashes, a pair of yellow eyes blink at him from behind a skeleton, words bleed- he determinedly marches past it all, flexing and unflexing his fist, until-

The realization comes just as he emerges from the hallway into another larger cavern, this one colder, lit from overhead with splashes of purple and orange as much as it is soft yellows and whites; that hallway had been silent.

The speakers overhead crackle even as he thinks it, like they heard him finally noticing and are laughing at him for it.

"The damage done the day the meteor fell was immeasurable." Lee twitches at the sound of the Gym Leader's voice, still so cold and dispassionate. "Death and destruction swept over the land, leaving in their wake ashes and silence. However, the cost was not paid immediately. For a thousand years and more afterwards, the world was left broken and dying. Those left behind were given no choice but to move onwards into a bleak and uncertain future.

This is your test, challenger. The world is wounded and bleeding. Tread forth, and carve a path out of the darkness.





"I dunno." The heels of Vera's boots click obnoxiously on the footstool in front of her. Hawthorne's eyes want to twitch at the sound, though she restrains herself, keeping her face impassive. "I know there ain't many places to hide out there, but it really does seem like cheating to just sit here when our Pokemon are fighting out there."

Hawthorne glances coolly over at her, causing Vera to shrug at her with a lost expression. "Our physical presence isn't required during the challenge," she replies, turning her eyes back to the tablet in front of her. "And I have little desire to sit in the sand with the children." Her eyes flicker over to Cubchoo at the statement, but the little Pokemon isn't even listening to her, chewing contentedly on a protein bar instead.

Vera's brow knits together. "Hey now," she protests. "They're just doing their job. And Juliet isn't a kid anyway, you know. She's only a few years younger than me."

Hawthorne tilts her head, giving Vera a meaningful look. The other woman looks confused for a moment, then her expression shifts, forming an affronted scowl when the insult finally registers.

Before she can say anything, though, their earpieces crackle, and Morgan's voice filters through them, calmer and more apathetic than Hawthorne's own. "The challenger will be passing into your chamber in approximately two minutes. How are your preparations?"

Vera still pouts at Hawthorne for a moment before her expression finally shifts into something serious for the first time today. "Everything went as smoothly as can be expected. The Pokemon are out and have been informed of their roles, and we've set everything up in here. How did things go for Adam and Juliet?"

A few seconds of silence pass before Morgan's voice filters back, sounding faintly annoyed. "They performed as expected. Walker Lee skipped the back half of the second display, though."

Vera's pout grows even more exaggerated, and she turns an expression that can only be described as pitiful on the single camera in the corner of the break room. "Awww," she says, disappointment so clear in her voice that Hawthorne can't tell if it's meant to be sincere or mocking. "Really? Your first challenger, and they're already just rushing through?"

"Mmm." That annoyance is still there, heavier now. "Perhaps it didn't capture his interest. Regardless, he's likely to have more spare time than I would like him to have during our fight. I would appreciate it if you could drag your challenge out for a few extra minutes."

"How?" Hawthorne finally interjects into the conversation.

Silence again. Perhaps Morgan is attempting to communicate something via body language, as she- they- do, but Hawthorne can't see it from here.

Finally; "I understand. Do as you see fit. I will deal with the lessened time constraints as they come." And on that unhelpful comment, the crackling stops and Morgan's presence disappears.

Hawthorne drums her fingers against the table.

The problem with the suggestion is that there's precious little room to be able to drag it out for a few more minutes. At least she'd recognized it and walked back the request, but it's still irritating to have had it made in the first place.

(They. They. She has to resist, for a moment, the temptation to slam her head against the table in front of her.)

Generally, she's in agreement with Morgan's sentiment that challengers shouldn't be forced into a fight to be tested for their badge. There's much more to being a trainer than one's ability to fight, after all- it's not even remotely the most important qualifier for what makes a good trainer. If all they did at the Gym was test if people could beat their Pokemon in a fight, they'd hardly be doing their job.

But this does mean that a majority of their Gym Challenges aren't actually focused on forcing situations to devolve into combat. For instance; the challenge they'd chosen here isn't one designed to test the challenger's ability to fight, but instead their ability to find a path through treacherous wilderness and their willingness to pacify wild Pokemon instead of meeting them with aggression.

Not something they can particularly drag out at all.

"Challenger's twenty seconds out." Vera's voice interrupts her reverie, causing her to blink and focus back in on her tablet. "Yamask and Spheal are in position. Ready to go, Hawthorne?"

She takes a deep breath and nods.

They wait a moment as Morgan's voice crackles over the intercom. The pre-recorded segment filters along well enough, though there's still that crackling element. She'd taken a look at the speakers last night before heading home, but whatever's causing it is beyond her- the actual speaker itself looks to be attached properly, so she has no idea what the issue is.

The moment passes; the speech ends.

"Okay." Vera taps the tablet, activating the earpieces attached to the Yamask and the Spheal. "Let's get moving. Yamask, you know what to do. Spheal- act as cute as you can. See if you can draw him in to help you."

From the camera attached to the roof directly above the entrance, Hawthorne can see the act play out.

This is one of the meaner challenges they'd devised. Vera had been the catalyst, suggesting the idea of having challengers navigate obstacles in the desert- though she'd meant actual obstacles, like unexpected drops and chasms that made navigation difficult.

Hawthorne had been the one to devise the rest of it.

This particular Spheal was one they'd found being nursed back to health in a small oasis a few dozen kilometres out from Halley itself. It had been attacked a few weeks beforehand, and a band of Cubone led by a variant Marowak had taken it in. They'd done as good a job as can reasonably be expected of wild Pokemon at patching the creature up, but there's only so much that can be done out in the desert. He's going to walk with a limp for the rest of his life.

He makes it look much more pitiful than even a regular Spheal would as it approaches the challenger. He's playing it up some, enough that Hawthorne's heart melts a little..

It's a much more effective trap, then, when the sand at its feet begins crumbling away.

Vera had protested the use of this particular trap. 'Sinkholes don't form in the desert! It's an unfair trap that doesn't prepare trainers for the hazards they're going to face out there if they step off the routes! It would be better to have them face wild Pokemon they might actually face out there."

One day, maybe, she'll show Vera the photos she'd taken of the sinkholes that had formed in the desert around the Relic Castle back home.

The first sign that the Yamask is acting is a slight shifting of the sand, which heralds the formation of the sinkhole proper. The actual hole beneath it is pre-dug, with a plate they can slide across to reveal it whenever they use this particular challenge. As such, the Yamask is mostly encouraging the sinkhole to form faster than it naturally would- going from shifting grains to a rapid spill to an inescapable pit in just a handful of seconds.

Or it could be described as an inescapable pit- except the challenger does spring into motion straight away. "Ikari!" he cries, and the Primeape at his side darts forward in a motion so fast Hawthorne almost suspects it's a Quick Attack except for the complete lack of any traces of energy.

Ordinarily, it would be a bad move, except this Primeape is so light on its feet that it barely even shifts the grains of sand it lands on. It darts forward in four great steps, each covering metres at a time, and grasps the Spheal by the back of its neck- then leaps backwards, this time focusing hard enough Hawthorne is sure it's using some kind of attack, and lands neatly back beside the challenger.

Six-point-nine seconds to act, and two-point-three seconds from the calling of the command to the Primeape returning with the Spheal. Poor reaction speed on the trainer's part; good reaction speed on the Pokemon's part.

She and Vera both get to writing their initial reports.

The thing Hawthorne had not understood before being shoved into this job is that a majority of the work they're doing is just as banal as the work she'd been doing at the League Office. Much of her time is still spent filling out and submitting reports, and attending to the various Pokemon utilized by her co-workers and herself.

Certainly, from the perspective of the people on the ground, these challenges are of heart-racing intensity. She watches as the challenger is forced to adapt to the shifting environments around himself, watching carefully for any signs that the terrain is unsuited to walking while at the same time keeping an eye out for the other first-badge Pokemon wandering about, playing directly into the traps themselves.

But up here- up in the break room here, she's just watching the events unfold. Occasionally, she has to direct the Pokemon around, ensuring that the challenger still has a path forwards, or tripping him up when he grows overconfident after his path grows clear for too long; but for the most part, she can just watch as the Gym's Pokemon work.

All of the setup on her part has already been done, after all.

The challenge does end up dragging on longer than the allotted five minutes. It takes the challenger six minutes and forty-seven seconds to make his way through the maze of sand-traps. Along his way, his Primeape saves every single one of the eight Pokemon Vera sends wandering out around the whirlpools- though some of the saves are cleaner than others, and at one point the Primape nearly gets sucked in itself as it attempts to pull out a Snorunt that actually gets partially buried in one of the traps.

Overall; an acceptable run, if not an inspiring one.

That is the report she sends off to Morgan. It is a perfunctory description of his performance; he performed acceptably at every element of the challenge. He avoided falling into any traps, and did not need rescuing. He managed to save every Pokemon who wandered into the sandpits. His Pokemon demonstrated acceptable awareness of its surroundings. He understood the terms of the challenge quickly and demonstrated a plan for overcoming them.

He did not seek to find a way to prevent the wandering Pokemon from stepping into the sandpits at all. He did not find a way to overcome the desert's terrain. He did not find a way to avoid treading on the sands entirely.

She wonders;

What will Morgan think of this?

How is their first ever challenge going to end?




Ikari's shaking by the time they make it into the hallway.

Lee's not doing much better himself. The sound of pouring sand and grinding stone still filters through behind them, along with the warbles of the Pokemon they'd rescued- and that's still something he's going to have to yell at this Gym Leader about, but that's a concern for later.

For now, he just leans against the wall for a moment, trying to still his racing heart.

Both trainer and Pokemon rest there for a minute, trying to shake out the last of the adrenaline. There'd been way too many close calls out there for comfort, too many times where the ground had started falling away under their feet and they'd had to hurriedly throw themselves backwards or charge forwards to the next area that'd looked safe.

He draws in a ragged breath, then checks his watch.

It stares at him in blinking red numbers; 22:37. Nearly two thirds of his time for the Gym's been used up now.

He waits a few more seconds for his breath to come back, until he's only panting a little and Ikari's no longer looking around nearly as wildly, before he straightens. He opens his mouth, then has to swallow, his throat too dry for words. Only then can he talk;

"Alright, girl." He attempts to give Ikari the bravest smile he can. It's shaky, but he does manage an actual smile, which is enough to get her to look at him and calm down a little more. "Only one more hallway left to go, then we're at the-"

He's started walking as he talks. They don't have the time to stand around- any extra time he can claw out for the final battle could be the make-it-or-break-it-moment.

The second hallway had lulled him into a false sense of security, though. There had been no voice-over there, no dry and disinterested discussion of the methods of extinction and the disasters that had befallen the world in ancient times. He wasn't expecting it to start up again now.

Thus, when the speakers above crackle, his throat seizes up almost instantly.

"Some might wonder, why does this matter?" Ikari's teeth are bared as she looks around wildly, at least until Lee puts his hand on her head and pats her gently. "The meteor fell sixty-six million years ago. What relevance does that have to our lives today?"

Lee can't help the relief that floods through him when he walks far enough through the hall to get to the first infographic and finds that it isn't a skeleton, this time.

He stops, just for a moment, and glances at it. It's the kind of picture he's seen a hundred times before, in history books, in movies, plastered through children's history books. An idyllic scene of life in ancient times; Aerodactyl flying overhead, Tyrantrum stalking the skies, Bastiodon grazing on grass and rocks in a field.

There's no meteor in the picture. No death or destruction or sinister overtones.

It's just a picture of what life used to be.

He'd half-expected to find even worse dread creeping down his back, but now that he's here, it's… fine.

His feet take him further down the passage. The stone halls, the dim lighting, the cool air washing over his skin all pass him by as he walks, half-entranced by relief.

Then, the next infographic.

This one is labeled; neat, blocky writing above it. Thirty million years ago. Cenezoic Era.

There's only a few Pokemon in this one- but there is plenty of life nonetheless. A still painting of a forest, trees dotting the skyline, flowers covering the ground in a soft blanket. Pokemon he don't recognize are depicted running through the fields. Probably Pokemon from-

The speaker crackles again. Lee turns his head to see Ikari pacing back and forth ahead, attempting to work off some of the nervous energy she'd built up.

Morgan speaks again.

For the first time, he doesn't sound cold or impassive. Nearly, but- Lee can hear something in there. Wistfulness, he thinks.

"It's important to understand our world's history," he says, just a little more softly than in the other pre-recorded segments. "Our world is one of devastation and extinction, but it's also one of rebirth and recovery. Sixty-six million years ago, a meteor fell. And sixty-six million years ago, life began to recover. Let us take one final walk together, challenger. Let us walk through history, and see how the world around us came to be as it is."

The next infographic isn't a painting; this one is a fossil. An actual fossil, not a skeleton. Written carefully, delicately into the plaque beside it is a short description; Relicanth, the Longevity Pokemon. This Pokemon survived the extinction by hiding in the deepest and coldest parts of the ocean. When the surface of the world recovered, Relicanth would swim through the warm oceans once again, investigating the new life that had risen in the time they had been hidden away. The ancestry of many modern-day Water-types can be traced back to Relicanth.

Lee walks on.

Ten million years ago.

Five million years ago.

One million years ago.

He feels almost like he's in a trance, compelled to keep walking, stopping only to glance at each infographic. History unfolds before his eyes, splashed onto stone and canvas in vibrant paint. He recognizes some of them, more and more as he goes on. Here, Claydol and Beeheyem, working together with the first ancestors of modern humans. There, Geodude, first emerging from caves some five hundred thousand years ago.

The light dims as he moves, though each infographic is lit from above by a soft torch. This only enhances the trancelike feeling- like the liminal space between each area barely exists, a transitory field of emptiness lit by the formation of the world and backdropped by Morgan's voice, whispering softly to him about the world's recovery from its crisis point.

The timeline feels like a countdown, a ticking timer towards the end of his time in the Gym and his re-emergence into the living world.

One hundred thousand years ago.

Fifty thousand years ago.

Twenty thousand years ago.

He should be using this time to come up with a strategy for this fight. Ghost-types, right. Ground types- no, Ice-types. Yami isn't out of the fight yet, but he took a beating earlier; he's not going to be at his best for that fight.

And that's as far as he can get. His mind is just not working as it normally does.

He and Ikari just keep walking, fading in and out of existence as the lights disappear between vends, moments of reality and unreality intertwining constantly.

Ten thousand years ago.

Five thousand years ago.

One thousand years ago.

Then, finally; an innocuous door of stone and metal bands stands there, lit just brightly enough for him to be able to read the words written across the entranceway;

The present.
Welcome, challenger.


And as he reads the final word, the door creaks open.

Within is a dark room. The only light here is from an impossible moon, hanging tall and bright in the sky above. Nothing else in the room can be seen except in the vaguest of senses; shapeless forms stalking the sands, creatures he can barely make the shape of stomping across a room whose walls he cannot see.

And there, strung across the face of the moon, sits Morgan.

He is impossibly small set against the immensity of the cavern. From here, Lee can make out almost no details; messy hair, bulky clothing, the faintest sound of pencil scrawling on paper set against a sketchbook resting on his stomach.

The door creaks closed behind him, and for just a moment, there's nothing in the room but the darkness and the silence.

Then Morgan speaks, one last time.

"You have seen now the immensity of the damage this land has endured, and the struggle life endured to flourish once again," he says, quietly, yet his voice somehow echoes across the cavern, crossing a hundred metres or more and remaining perfectly audible to Lee. "You have seen this land's death, and you have seen those who survived, the rebirth of life. You understand now the history of the stones beneath your feet. The futility and tenaciousness of life itself."

His words ring out in the empty cavern.

Lee and Ikari stand frozen still at the entrance to the room. Their timer ticks down still. 11:13.

And Morgan speaks again. This time, an invitation. A challenge.

"This is your test, challenger. The long night is at its darkest. Move forward, and seize your future with your own hands."

A flash of red light.

Pressure fades, and the battle is on.
 
Last edited:
3.3C- The Second Death
Something Roland's documentation hadn't told you is how to pick the Pokemon you're going to use against challengers.

For a fourth-badge challenge, you have a pool of seventy-three Pokemon you can pull from. These categories have to be understood as fairly loose. There are Pokemon in there that you think would be underdogs in a fight against a fourth-badge challenger, having to pull out risky strategies and summon reserves of willpower heretofure unseen in their career to be able to knock out a challenger's Pokemon. There are Pokemon who are perfectly suited for this kind of challenge, being roughly of the same level of strength themselves. And there are Pokemon who are probably a little too strong for a fourth-badge challenge, being effectively unbeatable unless they actively throw the fight.

Well, kind of. Different Gyms think about strength and how this applies to Gym Challenges differently.

From everything you've found, Daphne in Split Peaks and Ivan in Breenth hew the closest to accepted standard. All being equal, their Pokemon tend to be roughly equivalent in strength to the actual badge challenge. They're never particularly underpowered, but nor are they stronger than their challenger's Pokemon. They try for fair fights in the truest sense.

On the other side of the scale is Antonio, over in Torne. This is partly the nature of all Dragon-types, and partly the nature of Torne- not something specific to Antonio himself, but something endemic to his Gym nonetheless. Were one to challenge him for their fourth badge, challengers will typically find themselves facing something more akin to that of a seventh-badge challenge in Split Peaks and Breenth.

Evidently, you can't simply look to your peers for guidance.

It's something you'd pondered for most of the month prior to your Gym officially opening. If you set your bar low, using Pokemon that are at best equivalent to the challenger's, then you're likely going to be able to give them a good, challenging experience, and a lot of people will make it through. If you set your bar high, using Pokemon at a substantial advantage over the challenger's, then you're going to be able to really challenge them, but far fewer people are going to be able to obtain your badge.

The idea of being an underdog challenge yourself was, of course, immediately discarded.

Ultimately, though, it had never really felt like an actual choice.

The desert is an unforgiving place. It's simply massive, and help is both relatively unavailable and also quite far away from any given place within. If people stick to the routes, it's mostly manageable- but trainers never stick to the routes forever. Eventually, somebody's going to wander off-route in search of a Pokemon or to go help someone or even just being chased off by a territorial Pokemon who'd wandered out too far without a Ranger around to keep them in check.

Finally; if there is one thing you learned from your childhood, it is that the best way to ensure that people have truly internalized a lesson is to put before them an impassable test and tell them they cannot move on until they understand what the test is truly asking of them.

All this to say; when you are considering what Pokemon you are going to send out against Walker Lee, you are choosing Pokemon from your fourth-badge pool. You're just adopting a standard closer to that of Torne than to that of Split Peaks.

You lazily open your hand from your position reclining on your moon-chair and allow a Pokeball to fly open. It's empty, but that doesn't matter; it's a symbolic gesture, a sign for your first Pokemon to make its way forward through the darkness while you give your opening speech.

"This is going to be a non-standard Gym Battle." You don't look at Walker Lee as you talk, instead leaning back in your seat and gazing up at the ceiling. "The Gym Leader will use three Pokemon, where the challenger may use up to four. All battles are to submission or unconsciousness; grave injuries or injuries resulting in death will be met with penalties up to and including a revocation of the trainer's Trainer License."

It's not that non-standard of a Gym Battle. Technically, you're allowed to use up to four Pokemon in a fourth-badge battle. Tradition dictates that the number of Pokemon a challenger should be allowed to use is equal to that of the Gym Leader, but- you're not that invested in tradition, personally.

You wait a moment for any objections, then incline your head towards your first Pokemon, Jellicent.

You can see the moment that the Pokemon's presence registers in the challenger's eyes. Physically, the Pokemon is difficult to see down here in the darkness- you can see well enough here, certainly, but he cannot- but there is also a notable difference in his demeanour as he straightens, a measure of confidence flowing back into him as he thrusts his hands forward-

"Ikari, go! Jellicent are Ghost-types, so be careful what attacks you use!"

The battle is met distressingly quickly.

One thing about Jellicent is that they're not fast Pokemon. They're sturdy, but they're not fast. Even the fastest Jellicent you've ever seen, an ambush predator who'd claimed a deep cavern in the bowels of Mount Coronet as its domain, had been handily outsped by Rowlet after just a couple months of training.

The Primape- Ikari? So unimaginative- is capable of running rings around Jellicent. She's faster than him, but also more agile than he is, capable easily of dodging around Jellicent's slow and inaccurate Water Guns as he moves to test her speed. It's practically effortless for her to dart in here and there, slashing out at him with inexpert bursts of dark-type energy whenever the Jellicent is left open from a missed attack- Night Slash, if you're not mistaken.

You drum your fingers against your notepad.

Five, four, three, two, one. You click your tongue.

Time to kick it up a notch, Jellicent.

Jellicent are ocean-based predators, but you'd found this one deep in the desert, near a full day's ride away from Halley. You'd been intending on visiting a colony of Ice-types you'd heard of out there, guarded by a Dewgong. You hadn't been expecting to find the Ghost-type lurking in the depths of the oasis, the colony's final defence system against any Fire-types who might seek to make the oasis their new home.

It was a small oasis, with little vegetation and only a single remaining Oran tree nearby. Hadn't been too hard to convince most of the Seel to follow you back to your Gym, and the Jellicent with them. A Frillish had remained behind- Jellicent's daughter, if you're not mistaken- to take over the role.

So where most Jellicent are ocean-based predators, using their powerful Water-type attacks to harass and control their opponents, your Jellicent has developed an entirely different specialization.

Movements analyzed. Attack patterns recognized.

The temperature plummets.

The challenger lets out a loud gasp as the sudden shift in temperature registers. The Primeape shies away as well, rocketing back for a moment as though expecting a sudden burst of ice to impale it. Nothing registers for a moment, though- not until the first snowflakes start to fall.

You sigh up on your chair, watching happily as your breath mists in front of you.

Jellicent doesn't speed up, exactly, but his attention narrows now, focusing more on the Primeape herself than on analyzing her attack patterns. His tentacles lift up, moving up around him like autonomous arms, easily manipulating near a dozen limbs as easily as you move with just one arm held up.

A blink, and the battle is rejoined.

Jellicent's attacks are more precise, now. The cold begins to creep in; first the challenger shivers, rubbing his arms through his jacket sleeve, and then the Primeape's breath starts to mist as well. Jellicent's skin is harder, now- just a little, not frozen, exactly, but enough that there's a little resistance to the other Pokemon's blows. Glancing blows just slide off him now, rather than digging through fluid skin with little resistance and tearing chunks of ectoplasm and water away with minimal effort.

Your attention is more focused on the Primeape, though.

There is one characteristic that the Primeape line is known for; their rage. There are a handful of Pokemon known for their awful tempers, like Gyarados and Salamence, but the Primeape line is more notorious for it. Though they often lack the awful destructive power of other Pokemon who share their temper, their anger carries them well past the point most Pokemon would stop for their own safety, rendering the line both rare and difficult to train.

This Primeape interests you because she is managing to control her temper.

You'd deliberately picked Jellicent to be your lead for this fight because he is an annoying Pokemon to fight. Even as the Primeape slashes at his tentacles with her nascent dark-type attacks, he's already regenerating them, snow falling and condensing into water that he pulls back into his body. Every time she breaks a part of his body off, he just heals from it, leaving him unharmed.

Or so it appears to Walker Lee, at least.

In truth, this approach is fairly tiring for the Jellicent. Maintaining the Snowscape would be relatively little effort, but his efforts are focused on strengthening it, bringing the move closer to something more akin to a traditional Hail than the Snowscape you've taught the Pokemon how to use. Every use of Recover after that is draining more and more of his energy.

But the challengers don't know that. They don't know how to interpret the sluggishness of his movements, they don't know what it means that more of his body is water than sticky ectoplasm now.

To them, he's just an irritating, seemingly immortal Pokemon who just keeps harassing them.

This is Jellicent's fighting style. He is a persistence predator, not someone who faces his opponents head-on. When he does, his best bet is simply to curl up and let his opponents wear themselves down on him.

To this end, there's ghostly lights flickering everywhere in every direction. The Primeape's breaths are coming ragged now as poison rages through her system, Poison Sting and Acid Armour doing its work. Her arms twitch every time she throws a punch, the Will-O-Wisps that Jellicent has thrown out having burned her palms and shoulders and stomach, making it difficult to breathe.

It is, practically speaking, an awful fighting style to fight against. It's not fun; even many well-behaved Pokemon will often find themselves growing incensed in a fight like this.

Yet despite the flaring of her nostrils and her gritted teeth, this Primeape still has a tight grip on her temper.

You make a note of that.

The fight's just about over at this point. You haven't interfered at all; it's truly as much of an encounter with a wild Pokemon as you can make it. Jellicent is going to outlast the Primeape, though.

It's funny, in a way. You can see the flickering Ghost-type energy starting to build around the Primeape's wrists. If she let herself go, let herself fly off the handle, she'd likely be able to utilize it in its entirety. It's one of their signature tricks; Rage Fist, burning their own life force in an unstoppable frenzy as they unleash blow after blow on their opponent.

You respect her more for not giving into it, though.

It would be a lose-win situation. She'd win the battle utilizing the strategy, most likely, but it wouldn't showcase how her training is going to you.

The fight eventually ends when Jellicent abruptly spins his tentacles around, forcing the Primeape to bounce away. She staggers with the landing, which buys Jellicent enough time this time to actually focus when he forms the Hex. With poison already coursing through her system and burns causing her to wince with every movement, the shock of Ghost-type energy is enough to flood her system completely, knocking her out of the fight.

One to zero. The advantage is yours.

Walker Lee considers it for a moment, running his fingers along two of his Pokeballs before finally pulling away, letting his fingers wrap around the third Pokeball. He lifts it, then throws it as hard as he can, just off to the side of Jellicent- where the massive Pangoro emerges, hands already thrown together as it comes down from where it had emerged in mid-air, intending to crater the Jellicent with an awfully powerful Hammer Arm.

Which, of course, misses. The move passes harmlessly through Jellicent, just splashing a bit of water over the Pangoro's fur.

It serves its purpose, though. The blow lands on the sands below, kicking up a massive cloud of sand that briefly obscures even your vision.

For a few seconds, the field is obscured- then a jet of water cuts through, salt and sand in a pressurised stream that scythes through the ground and sends up a second explosion, and the Pangoro roars in pain.

You watch without blinking.

Both Jellicent and the Pangoro were injured and exhausted going into this fight. They're both low on energy and sore from the beating they'd already taken. Jellicent still has his Snowscape up, uncontested mastery over the frigid winds and falling snow, but the Pangoro's had time for the worst of the pain from his bruises fade. It's as even a fight as you can expect it to be.

Neither you nor Walker Lee can see what's happening. The snow and sand in the air are too thick now, a cloying cloud of dust that occludes what little light is left in the arena. Even for your eyes, it's impossible to see. The only signs of battle remaining are the occasional blasts of dark-type and water-type energy that make their way out of the cloud, each time kicking up a new cloud as they impact with the sand over the arena. Lee's shouting something, as he has been the whole battle, but you keep ignoring his commands- you're not interested in what he's commanding so much as what this results in.

Twenty-three seconds, the battle lasts. You count five blasts of water from Jellicent in that time- four Brines, targeted attacks with salted water to aggravate the Pangoro's wounds, and one Hydro Pump, a massive blast of water that must have clipped the Pangoro by the heavy thump that echoes through the arena a fraction of a second later- and eight blasts of darkness from the Pangoro, each carrying with it a spray of water like blood.

Then there's silence for a moment, and the cloud of sand is given time to settle, revealing both Pokemon lying on the ground.

The Pangoro is out for the count- a final Hydro Pump appears to have caught him in the chest, bodily slamming him into a stalactite. The sheer number of wounds on Jellicent, on the other hand, has worn him down.

You consider it for a moment, then raise his Pokeball up and recall him.

Technically, Jellicent does know Rest. You could have him re-enter the fight with the move, regaining enough energy to at least wear down Walker Lee's next Pokemon a bit before you have to send in your second Pokemon.

But no. You're not here to eke every advantage out over your challengers.

Because that's the thing. You're in a position of strength over Walker Lee here. You have a vast menagerie of Pokemon at your disposal. If you'd wanted, you do have a Doublade you could have pulled out against him.

It would have put the trainer at too much of a disadvantage, though. The only thing you'd see of his skills from doing so are how well he does at adapting when he's forced to pull out his Ace early in a fight.

There's nothing impressive about a Gym Leader managing to eke out a victory over a challenger. That's not the point of your job. The only thing you'd achieve is flexing how strong the wild Pokemon you've caught are, and how easy it is to win when you have this level of financial backing behind you.

Nobody cares how impressive you are with your Pokemon or how close you can make the battles seem. These battles aren't for spectators, nor are they for your own ego. They're here to test challengers on their bonds with their Pokemon.

You consider what you know of his roster, then snap your fingers and gesture towards an Avalugg. One of a pair you'd had sent to you by the League- donated by a breeding ranch that's gone out of business.

Walker Lee only considers it for a moment before he selects the most unusual Pokeball on his belt- a black Pokeball, ringed with red, white and gold. A Luxury Ball.

"Shujin! Yami and Ikari are down. You're up next. Let's show them what a master can do!"

With a flash of red light, his next Pokemon is revealed.

Mienshao.

You settle in to watch the battle again.

Though you've conceded the advantage to the challenger, it's not as decisive a gap as it might have seemed. Mienshao's Fighting-type attacks might hit terrifyingly hard on most Ice-types, but Avalugg is a much denser Pokemon than most. It takes extremely significant levels of force to do much against him, especially with the Snowscape still swirling and bolstered overhead.

The Mienshao looks around the arena for a moment, then focuses in on Avalugg.

He sighs.

Then he puts up his paws in a practiced pose, and walks confidently towards your Pokemon.

The battle begins, and your mind wanders away.

Mienshao is the Pokemon of Walker Lee's that interests you the most.

When you'd researched him, taking the opportunity presented by the walk between the Gym Challenges, you'd found that this boy had registered Mienshao two years ago, during his first Gym Circuit. The Pokemon had proved formidable there, enough to help him handily win his second Badge that year- though he hadn't proved capable of getting his third. The next year, he'd gained four, and here he stands now.

That's interesting to you.

The thing is; Mienshao are hard to evolve. You're not an expert in the process by any means, but you've never heard of any being evolved within even a year or so of one being captured. Wild Mienshao are devastating Fighting-types, often capable of beating back the teams of even experienced Trainers alone.

So, you wonder; how had Walker Lee, with but a single badge to his name, managed to capture a Mienshao?

You don't think it's holding back. You're pretty good at evaluating Pokemon on sight; it's a skill every trainer picks up once they've worked with Pokemon for long enough, and you're better at it than most. There's usually some pretty obvious signs when a Pokemon is holding back to this degree.

The typical trait of the Mienshao line is their ability to keep up a constant barrage of attacks. Like many Fighting-types, it makes them difficult for other Pokemon to keep up with; the sheer number of attacks doesn't dampen their power at all, so one can't simply brush them aside to knock them off-kilter.

This Mienshao, however?

You're not a Fighting-type expert, but you've fought a fair number of them with Froslass. Enough that you can recognize when a Pokemon's stance isn't quite there; when it's hesitating just a fraction of a second before launching into a new sequence of attacks; when they start flagging towards the end of each combination of attacks, gasping slightly for breath as though it's lost the hang of controlling its breathing.

Your notebook lies down across your chest as you stare down at the Pokemon, fascinated.

The problem is obvious, once you've taken it in. This is a Mienshao, a powerful and skilled Fighting-type Pokemon.

It's also rusty… and old.

You think you can see the dynamic now.

All of Walker Lee's Pokemon are Fighting-types. Whichever one of them he'd started with- Torchic, Mankey, or Pancham- would have wanted tutoring in how to use their moves better, if only to encourage rapid growth earlier on for the first Gym Badge or two.

There's a lot of places that one can go to have a Pokemon learn the basics of manipulating Fighting-type energy. One could go to Azur; there are bound to be businesses there that practice the art, learning from Callum, the Gym Leader there. One could seek out a teacher, or even instructional videos.

Or, one could go directly to the source, and try to find a Fighting-type Pokemon out in the wild who is willing to take a Pokemon under their wing and teach them.

You don't know why Mienshao would agree to that- you can't know why, not without talking to him directly. You also can't know why Mienshao would allow its power and skills to fade that far. Mayhap it experienced some kind of tragedy in its life. Mayhap it simply retired, and now is seeking to come out of retirement for some reason. Mayhap there was an injury. Who knows?

The rest of the team's dynamic falls into place with that realization.

It's uncommon but not unheard of for a powerful Pokemon to waste away, and then seek out a trainer to help it return to its former glory. It's not that far off from why Arctibax had sought you out on your return to Mount Coronet, even, though Arctibax's power had never waned.

But-

A crash below. You blink and refocus to find Avalugg collapsed, unconscious.

The Mienshao is panting, gingerly holding out paws bearing iceburn marks. It's sunk down to one knee, and is taking deep, shuddering breaths.

But it looks proud.

So it should. Avalugg is a powerful Pokemon, even if you'd paid… no attention to the fight at all, beyond Mienshao's stances.

Oops.

That's something you're going to have to work on. You can't let yourself slip so deep into your thoughts that you pay no attention to what's happening down on the field.

You take a deep breath, icy air filling your lungs. Snow's raging overhead, so cold it feels like it should be hailing except for the lack of water in the air to condense. The challenger's shivering, and even your limbs are starting to shake.

A grin slashes its way across your face.

"Congratulations on beating two of my Pokemon," you say, loud enough to carry. A smug smile crosses Walker Lee's face for a moment. "But I wonder. How well will you perform against my Ace?"

The smile wobbles a little bit, turning uncertain.

Your teeth are bared, pearlescent white beneath the light of the shining moon.

"Another day, another step forward," you say softly, so softly the boy has to lean in a little in an attempt to hear you better. "Awaken and remember, Golurk!"

The light of the moon disappears.

Let's take one last look through history together, Walker Lee.

Ten thousand years ago, a civilization once stood mighty and proud. A thousand thousand people flocked beneath its banners, as happy and content as can be. The arts flourished; paintings! Statues! Music and song! Colour and sound and the energy of life itself flowed through this civilization.

And then, one day, it disappeared. Buried beneath the waves it had overlooked for so long.

It is said that a person dies twice. Once; when they draw their last breath, when the light of life exits their eyes for the last time. Twice; when their name is spoken for the last time, and their existence is forgotten.

Once, an automaton toiled ceaselessly on the lowest streets of a forgotten city. It was a soldier and a cleaner, a fighter and a chef. It walked all the streets of the city and it knew its people and it loved them all. It was beautiful and it was happy.

Now, a shell of an automaton rises from the sands. Its hide is dented, cracked, chipped away. Its luster has faded, bright orange-brown turning to blue-green verdigris. It is held together by a seal and a prayer and a single, determined thought;

I remember.

Sand hisses away as the golem rises from the desert. For a moment, you think you can see behind it the ruins of an ancient city, desolate and abandoned; then you blink, and the mirage is gone, leaving behind only the shrieking winds that carry with it words only Golurk can hear.

It creaks with every stuttering movement. Its leg shudders and jerks as it takes a step out of the stands, then lands with a muffled boom, sending up a small cloud of dust that is swept away as it takes another jittery step forwards. Its movements are uncoordinated, jerky, like the broken gyros and servos in its arms are straining to keep it moving.

But it does move. However much its body wants to stop- oh, it never will. It can't. It won't.

This, Walker Lee, is why we learn of history.

Silence and darkness holds over the field for a long moment. Tension builds; Golurk steps forward, looming ominously; Walker Lee's hand falls shakily to his belt, holding his last Pokemon.

You snap your fingers and light snaps back into being.

The world resumes.

The problem for Walker Lee now is this;

Golurk is too strong for him to beat.

This is the essence of your fighting strategy. It's not just that Golurk is stronger than Jellicent and Avalugg, though that's true as well; it's also that you've used those two to set the stage for Golurk. Or, perhaps, that Golurk is simply capable of utilizing what they've left it to start immediately hitting hard and not letting up.

For instance; it is trivially easy for Golurk to simply take the sand that Jellicent and Pangoro had kicked up everywhere during their fight and vibrate it, causing Mienshao's leg to sink into the sand the first step it attempts to take. It raises its hand, and Mienshao lashes out- but only manages to cause the wave of sand Golurk raises to fall on top of it in a disorganized pile instead of a neat, orderly coffin.

Then Golurk punches the ground.

Once, twice, thrice.

The tremors carry through the ground, a controlled earthquake that emanates out in a cone from the Ghost-type. You can see the sand shaking and rolling away already, like Mienshao is trying to blast enough of the sand away from within to leap out to safety- but it's too slow.

Much too slow.

The attacks aren't proper Earthquakes. An Earthquake requires more time than Golurk has to charge, more power than it can bring to bear in the fraction of a second it takes to instead pound the ground. This is more of a direct manipulation of Ground-type energy; rocking all the kinetic energy of his fists forward, carried through the sand and the dirt until it impacts directly with the Mienshao.

Mienshao reacts like… well.

Rather like it was just punched three times in the face by a ten-foot-tall Pokemon weighing a third of a ton with fists made practically of solid steel.

A flash of red light as Golurk ejects the unconscious Pokemon from the sands, and Walker Lee is looking at you with wide, fearful eyes.

Unconcerned, you say;

"You have sixty seconds to choose your next Pokemon."

Fear permeates the cavern. The boy's breaths are coming sharply, heavily. It is likely his first time encountering a Pokemon so clearly stronger than his own. There is a sheer differential in power here that he has never had to overcome before, and for the first time in his career, he is capable of telling so.

Good.

It is better that he learns this lesson here than that he learns it paralyzed in the sands outside.

Thirty-nine seconds pass before Walker Lee firms his resolve up. He casts a defiant glare towards you, then reaches down to his belt, where lies his final Pokeball; that of his Ace. He poses, then; hands on his hips, spine straightened. The ideal stance of some sect of martial arts you have never heard before, likely.

"Let's show them our burning spirits! Go, Nensho!"

A flash of red light washes over the arena, bringing with it a wave of heat. It is almost a physical barrier; a wave of air so hot it stings your throat and threatens to push you from your seat. It's followed, then, by a light so bright you are forced to turn your eyes away; an inferno builds between you, flames flickering over frozen sands.

Then it washes away, one last wave of intense heat, and Combusken stands before you, a sharp cry echoing forth that causes even you to instinctively lean away from it for just a fraction of a moment.

It pauses, takes Golurk in; and then the fight is on.

The primary issue; you've already turned the arena against them.

With every blow, every movement and every dodge, more sand is kicked up in the air. It takes Walker Lee and his Combusken a few moments to notice that the sand isn't going down- enough time for Golurk to build enough sand in the air to start it storming around with the hail and the snow, a veritable storm of frozen sand that batters against Combusken's flames and threatens to send it tumbling head-over-heel every time it forgets to firm its stance on the ground.

It is an awful combination. Walker Lee has walked right into a trap that he didn't even know he should look out for.

You allow this to go on for a long minute and more, watching carefully what they do. You've decided already that this challenger has earned his chance at the badge, but- they have not earned an easy time of it. Not yet.

The Pokemon's Fighting-type moves are worse than useless, but it charges forward anyway, battling the winds and the shaking ground to move close enough to kick up- straight towards Golurk's head. Flames lick around the Pokemon, and even the icy winds of the Snowscape aren't enough to put it out; snow melts and condenses into rain and then evaporates, a cloud of steam that follows the blazing kick down and onto the Golurk's metal head, sending your Pokemon stumbling back-

- but not far enough. A single step, then it rights itself- and lashes out, its arm closing around the Combusken's leg.

You almost laugh at the squawk that emerges from the Combusken as it's thrown down onto the ground, but you manage to restrain yourself. The urge mostly leaves you anyway once Golurk then steps forward, raising its foot down to crush the Pokemon underfoot.

The Pokemon's eyes widen, and it rolls out of the way just in time- though the shockwaves that echo out from the movement still cause it to fly up, then be slammed back down as the Golurk steps again, the wave of air from its foot enough to reverse the movement. This continues for a few seconds, step, slam, step, slam, before the Combusken finally leans into the movement and is tossed far enough away that the Stomping Tantrum can no longer hit it.

The follow-up Earthquake can, though.

It's a brutal beatdown. Maybe it would be a slightly less one-sided affair were Combusken not of his particular typing, or had you not set up the Snowscape to stifle the Fire-type's heat; but you have, and the effect is evident.

Okay. Okay. You've delayed long enough.

A button on a small device attached around your neck serves two purposes. One; it rolls down a door in one of four random locations around the arena. This particular time, it opens up one of the closest doors- just fifty metres or so away from your current position. Two; it also serves to alert the Golurk that you've just done so.

It pauses, hesitating for a moment as it processes the input.

Then it uses Earthquake again.

It's not a good move right at that moment. Combusken has leaped on top of a stalactite, attempting to escape the Ground-type's onslaught; the Earthquake simply passes him by harmlessly, allowing the Pokemon enough time to concentrate and summon fire down to its claws, burning away the worst of the cold in its immediate vicinity.

It does, however, also flatten the dune of sand between Walker Lee and his Gym Badge.

You haven't made the entranceway particularly subtle. There's light shining through, which should be attention-grabbing enough of its own, but you've also placed an image of the Badge itself atop the hall, the little stone distinctive enough that everyone should be able to decipher what it means.

It's all you can do short of putting up a sign saying, "Your badge is in here. Come pick it up."

And Walker Lee ignores it.

He's yelling out orders and suggestions to his Pokemon. "Use Bounce to stay on top of the stalagmites, Nensho! You can avoid the Earthquakes! Use- no- Aerial Ace! Stay airborne!"

He doesn't even look around. So absorbed in his battle that he's lost complete situational awareness of everything around him.

You don't do anything else. The path remains open the entire fight. The badge is right there for the claiming. All he would have to do is go get it.

He wouldn't even have to abandon his Pokemon- simply have him move the fight closer to the cave entrance, or even just tell his Pokemon where he's going.

But aside from one single glance he casts towards it, he puts it immediately out of his mind.

A shame, you think.

Oh well.

Golurk. Use Shadow Punch.

You don't even have to shout out the move. Golurk knows what it has to do. Combusken is flagging by this point, his energy burnt out, his body battered by the sandstorm and the snow and the dozen and more blows he's taken from the Golurk. Walker Lee's shouts have taken on a desperate edge now, the plans growing increasingly more simple and reckless.

All it takes is allowing one hit to get through- one solid kick to the chest, wreathed in light and flame- and the Combusken is in range for Golurk to hit it again, one last time.

The blow impacts hard enough to kick off another small cloud of sand despite being near two metres up in the air. It's a solid blow, straight to Combusken's centre mass.

There's not many Pokemon who can take a solid blow from a Golurk right to centre mass like that. It's a simple matter of physics; mass times velocity equals force, and Golurk's hands have a lot of mass behind them.

Combusken is knocked straight down into the sand, hard enough that he bounces on impact, high enough that Golurk could crush him back down with its foot if it wanted. It doesn't, though, because Golurk can sense the same thing you can.

You wait a moment just in case, though.

Then.

"Combusken is unconscious and unable to battle." Your voice is deadpan, though you're in motion already, spinning some to allow yourself to fall upside-down. The inside of your knees hook on the edge of the moon-chair; you throw your weight forward a little, then unhook them, allowing you to fall straight into your feet in two smooth, fluid motions.

Well, you hope they look smooth and fluid, at least.

"Gym Leader Morgan has won the battle."

Walker Lee looks up at you with wide eyes as red light flashes from his Pokeball, absorbing Combusken's unconscious battle. He's shaking a little as you approach, flinching away from you- no; away from the Golurk still standing behind you. You turn to look at it, then give it a respectful nod, a movement it follows in kind before turning and striding back away, further into the cavern.

You hold out your hand. He doesn't return the motion.

"Well." You try to keep your voice as steady as you can, not allowing any hint of pity or frustration to enter your voice. "Come on. Do you want to go over some stuff as we go?"

Walker Lee follows you numbly, barely able to nod.

"Okay. First off; your Pokemon are well-trained. I want to congratulate you on that. Your Primeape, especially…"

Words follow the two of you as you escort Walker Lee out through the exit tunnel, onto the warp pad, and back towards the start of your Gym.

You've got a bunch of paperwork to do. Eleven more Gym Challengers are booked to come through today, and you're going to have to monitor each and every one of them as they go through the halls while you do up your reports to file for the other Gym Leaders to peruse. Your schedule is looking to be hectic for the foreseeable future.

But.

Your first ever Gym challenge is done.

You did it. You actually did it.




Morgan still has a long day ahead of them. Eleven challengers remaining, plus all the miscellania that arises from having to clear the Gym after a challenger is done- and this is not to forget that an additional challenge is going to arise for Morgan, with Peter and his Dwebble posing a question Morgan is not sure how to deal with.

Things would be complicated enough even were the situation to remain only as it is. A hundred problems are confronting Morgan, and there is precious little they can do other than continue to chip away at them one by one, slowly building the situation into something more sustainable.

But, of course, things never remain in a single state for long.

Soon, a problem is going to emerge. Not one related to the Gym; that is a problem Morgan mostly has under control, aside from the existential questions of what to do with children. Instead, we are posited a question;

In whose face is Morgan going to be slamming a door soon?

[ ] Twenty-three years ago, Morgan was introduced to a man they would be instructed to call an uncle; Ranger-Captain Julian. He is a Top Operator, one of the most elite Rangers in all of Fiore. His partner, Meganium, resides always at his side; a reminder that Julian is connected most deeply to the land, that his priorities are always the preservation of the precarious balance between humans and Pokemon.

He was ever-present through Morgan's childhood. Every month, he would visit, handing Morgan a small toy or candy before moving through to her father's study, where the door would close and everything would be as it always was.

Morgan cannot stand him.

Julian represents this; the connection to one's absentee father. He would flit into their life unexpectedly only to leave just as quickly, a bug there one minute and gone forever the next. He is a tall and solid presence in Morgan's recollection of their childhood; someone constantly there, yet never present.

Morgan has been free of Fiore for seven years and counting. Why, then, are they bothering them now?

[ ] Seventeen years ago, Morgan was invited to a birthday party. It was a time of fun and song and reverie; their first introduction to the world of friendship, of how happy and warm things are when surrounded by those who appreciate them. It was their friend's birthday- no; their best friend's birthday party. Dominic, the first child in all of Fiore to approach them.

And at that birthday party, they met a boy. Dominic's oldest brother; Theodore.

The role of an older brother in one's life, to the best of Morgan's understanding, is to be a protective and nurturing figure. They are there to shield their youngest siblings from the cruel realities of life, to act as wise and understanding mentors who pass down advice from their more worldly perspective, until they turn thirteen and the dynamic turns meaner.

This is a lovely and fantastic dynamic, so long as you are best friends with their younger sibling and have never, ever done anything to hurt them.

Otherwise… well.

The cruelty a sibling might turn on their younger kin is nothing to what they might turn upon someone who hurt their little brother.

[ ] Four years and five months ago, Morgan met their mother's solicitor. The woman came to them during one of your few meetings with Fantina, taking advantage of the guarantee of their presence to ask them to intervene with authorities in Unova; you were mistaken in what you saw in her room, her attachment to Team Plasma was minimal.

People often think that parents are owed affection for their role in raising a child. They clothed you, fed you, taught you to walk and talk and read and write. Surely, in turn, you must obligate yourself to helping them in turn when you are of age and they are in need?

They are not wrong. Not exactly.

It is hard to disentangle oneself from one's emotions about their parents. Even if one's mother was distant and cool at the best of times- even if one only saw their father four days of a year- there are still emotions that roil in one's stomach when they see them. Love and resentment and appreciation and anger and despair all in one great package.

Ultimately, though.

Ultimately, there are things Morgan cares more for than for family.

So no. Take your documents and leave.
 
3.Undefined; Interlude- A rock; a storyteller; a monster.
Drift down, little pebble. Listen to the sound of my voice; hear the grinding of stone-on-stone, the sound of pouring salt and scraping chalk, the rumbling of a coming landslide.

Feel the shifting of the tectonic plates below, so slow, so gentle. Feel the currents of magma wrapping around you, warm and soothing.

Sink with me. Deeper and deeper we fall; out of your bed, through the floor, into the ground. Below the ground, into the stone crust below. Past even that, into the molten core of the earth; then past even that, into the very heart of the planet itself, the core of stone and iron and molten rock around which all else is built.

Sleep. Sleep deep. Sleep so deeply that none can wake you until the story has been told.

And then.

Let us walk in another's shoes for a time.





On the sea-swept shores of a distant island far off the coast of Laurum, there once lived a rock, tumbled and polished by the tides and salty spray.

For many of the years of its early life, the rock lived a quiet life in a quiet village on this quiet island. Each day blended into each other, the same as the day before and the same as the next. It would wake up; tend to all those processes that even a child who is a rock must tend to; study; then go down to the docks and talk to all of the fishermen who tend to the nets on the seas.

The rock would chatter idly with the fishermen, taking in all of their worldly tales. They would tell it all their stories of the mainland, a land of verdant green and sweeping desert, coral reefs that stretch far as the eyes can see, towering mountains and blue skies and people, so many people.

They were tales the rock would listen to and imagine. A world spun up inside its head of beautiful lands filled with Pokemon and people, working and battling and building together a bright future for all.

It would wander there every day to soak in these tales and stories, but its favourite day is always the day of the new moon.

On these nights, the darkest nights when the moon reflects no light and the vast black of sky and sea stretches away into the horizon, the small fish of the ocean like to surge to shore. There, they gorge themselves upon the insects that descend upon the shallow waters beside the cliffs of the island the rock lives upon, and upon the algae that builds across its shores.

And with them come Pokemon.

Lumineon and Lanturn emerge, crawling across the ocean floor to catch and eat what meals they can. In their wake comes light; bright lights from the Lanturn, flickering below the ocean floor like fireworks, and strange and beautiful patterns from the Lumineon, drawing strange patterns in the water below.

In their wake come a host of Pokemon. Carvanha and Remoraid and Seaking and Arrokuda, a vast mass that flit back and forth below the waves. A beautiful canvas as light ripples on the sea floor, a backlight for the vibrancy of life on display below.

The rock is seven years old and sitting on the docks when a Corsola first drags its way up to the docks. It is looking at the rock inquisitively, wondering to itself; why are you here? Why does it not catch a fish for itself? Do you require help?

It can only laugh in response and pet the Corsola. No, it replies; no, I don't need any fish. I just want to see all of you, for you are beautiful creatures.

The Corsola looks at it inquisitively. It does not understand, and that is fine. It just sits with the rock and watches the beautiful display below.

The nights last until the moon would have peaked in the sky and the sun is scant hours from peeking over the horizon once more. The small feed-fish depart, knowing soon their real predators will emerge and their food will curl up once again in the wake of the light, and with them follows a veritable stream of Pokemon.

Corsola waits until the last of them go before it gives the rock a nod. It is as though it is saying; see you again, young one.

The rock nods back; see you when the moon hangs dark in the sky, little one.

This is how life goes for years and years. The rock turns eight, then nine, then ten. Every day is the same, every month is the same, every year is the same. It learns to count and write and draw; it writes stories and fevered drawings of the mainland and all the manifold Pokemon on it.

The rock lives with a ghost and a tree, who nod appreciatively at its drawings, though their smiles turn wan when it speaks fondly of all the happy things it looks forward to. The rock did not notice, for it was yet young and innocent.

The rock turned eleven on the day of a new moon. To all of the island, it is a happy occasion. Joyous and filled with celebration and so many cheers! Hooray, its teacher shouts; look at this rock, so intelligent, so bright! Hooray, the fruit-merchant shouts; look at this rock, so healthy, so strong! Hooray, the fishermen shout; look at this rock, so curious, so warm!

Then celebrations fade. Night steals across the land, as it inevitably does, and the rock returned to the docks full of cake and cheer.

This was the first night that things went wrong.

Corsola was a little sick when it crawled onto the docks that night. Do not worry, it assured the rock; I have been sick before, and I will be sick again. Let us sit down and watch the lights of the oceans churn below us. Let us bask in the cold life of the sea and be hale and hearty once more.

It was a good night. The rock went to bed satisfied, and woke up to another day that melded into all the rest.

But on the next new moon, when the rock sat on the docks to watch the feeder-fish surge in, it noticed that there was less feeder fish that surged up to the rocks of the island. There were no less insects that hovered above the water, but- to the rock's eyes, at least, there was less algae.

Less food. Less Pokemon following it to the shores.

And when Corsola showed up this month, it was pale and sickly still. Its legs shook slightly with the effort of climbing up onto the docks, and when it sat beside the rock, it was with an air of relief, as though it had exerted a not-insignificant amount of effort.

The rock was worried, but.

But.

The rock lived on an island far off the coast of the mainland. It was a small island, green and fertile, but on days where the fishermen would take their Glalie and make the trip to the mainland to sell all their fish, it would be a two-day journey; one day to sail there and make the sale, one day to sail back.

The number of people who lived on the island had once numbered just over one hundred. In the time between the rock's creation and now, that population had nearly halved.

Put simply; the rock is poor. The island is poor. There are few Pokemon here, fewer Pokeballs, much less medicines or potions.

There is nothing the rock can do but watch, month by month, as the oceans grow sicker.

The effects are small. It would be convenient to say that the population of fish in the ocean grows a little smaller each month, but that is not quite true. Sometimes, the populations dip significantly, so few Pokemon lighting the path that the surface of the ocean does not churn and the rock has to strain its eyes to see below. Other months, the rock feels brief hope as the population resurges and the oceans teem with life again.

It had been getting harder and harder for Corsola to make the journey each month. By now, the rock was having to wait for it at the dock's edge, lifting the Pokemon up carefully in tender arms and holding it as it shivered below the night sky.

While some months would see populations surge again, the overall trend was clear. As months wore on into a year, then two, then four, the wonderful waves of Pokemon died out. Lumineon and Lanturn would make their trek still, but in numbers so few that the rock could only sit on the dock and stare out into the dark seas with a sick and trembling Corsola by its side, wondering; what is out here? Where did all the life go?

And then, the final threshold passed.

The rock would sit on the docks on these days, knees drawn under its chin, staring out at the oceans that seemed so empty and wondering to itself what was happening to cause the Pokemon to abandon it. It had one solace, and only one; the Corsola that crawled up onto the docks to sit beside it, content with its one friend.

The rock knew, with a heavy heart and the utmost certainty, that soon, even this final solace would be taken from it.

It happened a week after its sixteenth birthday.

There was, of course, one slight note in these bitter circumstances;

There is no need for a rock to risk the slippery wood at the end of the docks to lift a ghost out of the sea.




The rock would part with the ghost and the tree on acrimonious terms.

They argue; though the population of Pokemon may be declining, there were still fish enough in the ocean for their community to survive. There is food, and there is medicine, and there are books and radio and enough entertainment to be comfortable out here on this small island.

They did not understand. No matter how the rock argued and railed, they could never understand what it was like to sit out there on those cold nights, waiting for lights that never came.

It was easy for the rock to slip away under the cover of night, dark anger brewing within. An expedition to sell fish coincided with the night of a new moon; and after all, there are so few Pokemon here now that none could see them as they slipped aboard a fishing boat and hid belowdecks. It hid within a bundle of nets, and since none could report it missing until the boat returned two days later-

Well. By that point, the rock was nowhere to be found.

Of course, this only presented the rock with new challenges. It knew that there was a problem in the ocean; but where was it to start? There were a thousand things and more that it could be, and as much as being on the mainland opened up to it a truly absurd amount of information, it didn't know where to look.

So it made the only compromise it knew how to make after all its life spent throwing its all into everything;

It hunted down all of the information.

All of it.

It is hard, now, to describe what life was like for the rock in these times. A homeless teenager with nothing to its name, no money, no family, no Pokemon- only the memories of a single ghost left behind on the shores of an island, a ghost that forgot more of its life by the day, a ghost trapped in place as so many ghosts are.

The rock struggled in these days. It went hungry for days at a time, until the hunger grew so bad it would resort to desperate measures; it would beg for food on the streets, or offer hands to a busy street merchant for a day in exchange for a meal, or it would walk into a marketplace and take what it needed with no regard for the law.

It did not matter to the rock. The struggle was meaningless. All that mattered was finding out why this was happening.

There was a library in the city on the shores of the mainland that is open to all. One must make an account to take a book outside its doors, but if one intends only to read, they can sit inside the library from sun-up to sun-down. This is where the rock would find itself day after day, poring over all the information it could find.

It read books on politics and books on economics. It read essays on climate change and treatises on pollution. It read textbooks and encyclopedias and watched speeches and snuck into universities and learned words and concepts and philosophies and sciences. A year stretched into two; the rock grew gaunt and haggard and unkempt.

Yet it learned.

It learned far too much.

Two years, it spent sleeping on the streets of the city and begging or stealing for scraps to keep itself alive. Its seventeenth birthday passed unremarked, then its eighteenth. It bathed in cold rivers and it ate scraps of fruits and berries and it passed unremarked except for contemptuous glances from the wealthy that passed it by on the streets.

Then, one unremarkable day, it decided it had learned enough.

It held within its hand a Pokeball it had stolen from a store, and a meager package of food, enough to survive for a week at most, and a backpack containing three spare shirts and seven assorted notebooks it had accumulated from the several fairs it had snuck into over the past years. A lost phone it had picked up at one point contains within it thirty thousand photos and more, a spread of books it can reference back to at any point- though, frustratingly, the phone charges incredibly slowly compared to most.

With two years of knowledge and no worldly experience to its name, it set out to learn how humanity was killing the world. It was armed with the handful of meager possessions it's accumulated and enough money to buy approximately two packets of instant noodles at a supermarket.

More than enough.

And so, it set out across a well-worn path, empty Pokeball clipped to its waist so as to ward off any curious glances, and headed out towards the oceans.




It is at this point that you might be curious to know; what was it that the rock had learned during its visitation of the great libraries of Azur City?

There was only so much one can learn from a theoretical education. For two years, it had scrounged for every bit of knowledge and learning it could get its hands on, stopping only when the skies grew too dark to see or the hunger in its stomach grew too great. It had a vast amount of information at its disposal, and fundamentally, none of it mattered very much.

For instance;

It knew that there was a company called Open Energy. It was a proprietary company that owned a series of coal-fired power plants across the eastern coast of Laurum. This company was a producer, and also a distributor; it was responsible for powering much of the north-eastern state of Laurum, including nearly eighty percent of all houses and industrial process in Azur. It was publicly-traded, and had historically performed well in the fifty-six years the company had been opened, with only one major downswing in stock prices and profit twenty-two years ago, when a bushfire in the region burned down much of the lines used to distribute power.

It knew that these power plants are toxic places. They were built along the coasts to take advantage of the seawater there, allowing for easy access to water to make their operations run smoothly. This meant that many of their toxic waste products, such as the smoke, washed directly up into the atmosphere- or down into the waters below.

It knew a lot of things.

But there was a difference between knowing and experiencing them.

Pollution like this has always been an insidious thing. Television and media would have one envision pollution as a thick, visible smog settled atop cities and forests, leaving behind in its wake sludge and corpses.

This was not accurate to reality, but it was not entirely disassociated from it, either.

For instance; when the rock arrived at the oceans, it expected to find blue oceans stretching out to the horizons. Birds circling overhead, fish darting around the ocean, Pokemon dotting the coasts. Alternately; it expected emptiness. Ghosts and empty beaches strewn about with cold rocks and a silence piercing its heart.

It found neither of those things.

Again, some more context.

'Coasts' were more of a category than a proper description of something. Rivers ran out into them in places. Bays and inlets lay everywhere, and peninsulas jut out semi-regularly. When looked at from afar- say, on a map depicting the entirety of a section of a continent at once- a coast could look like a contiguous thing; but in reality they were winding things that mostly delineate the rough position where land meets sea.

For instance; while the power plant was set against the coast, it was set against a part of the coast which reaches much further inland than most of the rest of the coast. It was almost like a saltwater lagoon set on the coast; large enough that it provided seawater continuously to the plant, but small enough to be unnoticeable on most maps.

And it was green.

Even in an inlet like this, the water should look blue or froth-white. It was a placid little inlet without much in the way of churning water, affected mostly by slow-moving tidal forces, and so the rock had expected it to look blue. It was prepared to look around for all of the subtle signs of the damage that waste and pollution had done to the place.

But water only looks blue because it absorbs part of the visible spectrum of light. It is possible, depending on the composition of the water, for it to look other colours.

In this case; the water was green because it was covered in algae.

The rock had studied algal blooms. They were one of the most visible signs of pollution in an area; and worse, they were self-sustaining as well. Algae bloomed upon the surface of the water due to chemical imbalances in the water caused by off-running of waste, pollutants in the air settling into the water, and the shifting pH balance of the oceans themselves.

This algae covered the surface of the water, absorbing much of the sunlight offered from above. This had a ripple effect; the creatures below suffered, and in so suffering died, and their bodies sank into the muck below. This then caused more waste to rise in the water, feeding the algae. A cycle that would only end when everything was dead and there was no longer anything for it to feed on.

This process was not yet finished by the time the rock arrived. The algae had bloomed enough that it was visible to the naked eye, but it had not yet consumed all below it. There was life here, still- though it was all suffering.

Once, Pokemon would likely have flourished in this inlet. Shellder and Krabby like to make their homes in calmer waters like these, and this in turn attracts Slowpoke and various coastal birds, Wingull and Pidove. Sandygast form on the beachheads occasionally, slow-moving creatures that feed mostly on small insects and crustaceans that scuttle along the sands. Corsola move in amongst small coral formations in the bay below.

There were still Pokemon there, of course. The pollution had not yet driven everyone completely away. Yet, just like at its home, there were fewer than there ought to be.

And so, the rock sat down on a stump nearby, pulled out a notebook, and began to chronicle what it saw.

It watched the life in this area. The Wingull would swoop in, hoping for easy meals from the fish they drew; but those fish were slimy and covered in algae, and even though the Wingull ate them still, the fish were also small and skinny, and so were the Pokemon.

It watched the Sandygast crawling their way across the surface of the beach. Once, it imagined, there would have been a small colony of them here, perhaps united under the leadership of a Palossand. They would have been spread about the beach, in places where crustaceans crawled out of the water with the tides, in places where insects came to nest. Food aplenty for a dozen or more of the creatures. Now; there were three of them, and in the week it spent there, one of them caught only a single crayfish.

It watched a Mareanie tread along the shallow waters of the bay, exhaustion evident in its steps. It moved forward, eyes fixed on a Corsola lying tired and hungry in the shallows where the retreating tides had trapped it. It wrapped its tentacle-arms around the Corsola- hesitated, for a long moment that stretched into a minute, then two- then pushed it back into the bay with an expression that spoke of hunger and anger and pride in equal measure.

The rock tilted its head at that one.

It had little food of its own left after its trek to the oceans, but hunger was no stranger to it now. It had some left in its pack, and it knew where around it a fruit tree could be found, where a berry tree nearby was, where it had noticed some wild yams in the ground. It could make do.

It waited for the next time the Mareanie trundled around; then it pushed out in front of it a small meal, all it could afford. Two Oran berries, a Rawst berry, the last crusts of a stale loaf of bread it had been given by a camper on the road, half of a muesli bar it had found abandoned on a picnic table in a rest stop.

The Pokemon was suspicious; but it was also hungry, and could not turn down the food, not when an opportunity to eat without causing harm to the distressed citizens of the bay presented itself so easily. It waited until the rock pretended to turn its attention elsewhere, then it took the food and scuttled elsewhere to eat in safety.

One issue solved. Too many to count remaining.




Must we talk about this?

Yes. It is important you understand.

Must we go over every event in the rock's life?

Only if you want to understand it. Be patient. I know it is tiring and painful, but you asked for understanding, and understanding never comes without sacrifice.




It is at that point that you might be wondering what the rock is doing here.

Once, the rock was unto a well-polished river stone. It was clean and smooth, a shining thing, the perfect example of its kind. Perhaps, in another life, it could have shone in this light; a rock standing within a stadium, crowds cheering and jeering as it and Corsola stood against those greatest of opponents and fought them to submission.

In this life, this could never come to pass. The waters, you see, were poisoned.

What the rock was doing here was forcing its eyes open. It was seeing all the innumerable small damages that humans have done to the land. All the death and destruction, yes; but more than that, all of the small aggressions. It was looking at the displacements; all of the Pokemon who had been forced from their homes by waste and pollution, choking hazards that told them to move or die. It was looking at the wasting sicknesses; the Pokemon that were thin and frail, coughing and wheezing and struggling with appetite. It was looking at the starvation; all of the sources of food that had disappeared or become poison in their own right, leading to smaller clutches born, lesser sustainable populations.

What the rock was doing here was taking all of the poison that people have spewed into the lands like a knife, and carving lines into its polished surface like veins throughout its own self, until nothing remained of its smooth and polished surface and all that was left behind is rough and rugged stone through which poison can flow like blood.

Three weeks, the rock spent in the inlet, documenting everything it saw, big or small. It wrote of the lonely children on the beach, the Krabby hatched in eggs laid by parents dead in the interim. It wrote of the weary Unfeazant that took them in; a rail-thin creature who patiently fed the Pokemon food it could barely afford to spare. It wrote of the Finneon who lurked at the entrance to the inlet for a week and two days, then left when it became clear there would be no life found here for them, nobody to clean the waters.

And each day, the Mareanie returned, wandering the shores.

The rock knew where to get food. The thing was; knowing where to forage food in the wild did not mean there was an infinite supply of it. It could find enough food to survive for three weeks, or perhaps four if it rationed it out and let itself get even thinner, and then it would be time to move on or starve.

Even so, every morning and every night, it left some food out for the Mareanie.

It has never talked about why it did so. Perhaps it was pity; the Pokemon looked so small and lost, desperate for food, yet unwilling to prey on the piteous creatures that would be such easy pickings for it. Perhaps it was compassion; the Pokemon was small and thin and frail, so frail a stray breeze might knock it over. Or, perhaps, it just recognized a kindred soul; someone who saw the damage that had been done to the land and sought to take action to watch and help others where it could.

The Pokemon was suspicious at first, as anyone would be were a stranger to leave food out for them. The Pokemon was also starving, and it was food to fill its stomach and alleviate the painful pangs. What else could it do but accept it, and simply trust that the strange rock was not attempting to hurt it even further?

A day of feeding it became two, then four. Slowly, the Mareanie stopped eyeing the rock off with suspicion, and instead started eating the food where it was laid out. It watched the rock, at first still wary, then with curiosity. What was it doing here?

On the morning of the fifth day, it stepped forwards, past the food, and asked the question.

What are you doing here?

The rock looked at it and considered how to answer.

I am watching. I am thinking. I am wondering how to act.

The Mareanie was not satisfied with this answer, so on the morning of the sixth day, when it scampered forward for the food, it asked again;

Why are you here?

The rock had a new answer prepared today;

I am here because this was the worst and closest place I could find. This plant spews poison into the air and from there into the seas, and this bay is the epicenter of that.

But the Mareanie was not satisfied with that answer either, and so it ate the food and left.

This ritual continued for seven more days. The rock would gather food for itself, and on each morning and each night, it would leave food out for the Mareanie as well. The Mareanie would come and it would take the food, and it would ask the rock a question with words it struggled to find, and the answer would be unsatisfactory so it would leave.

On the morning of the fourteenth day, the rock finally harvested the last of the food it could find in the area around it. The last yams were dug out, the last berries harvested, the last sour and unripe apple plucked from a tree. As was customary by this point, it kept the larger portion of the food for itself, but left the choicest items for Mareanie; a careful balance of caloric content and flavour.

It packed what few meager possessions it had, then sat with its notebook until the Mareanie arrived. All things are creatures of habit to some extent, and this was not a ritual it wished to break.

It was less than an hour until noon when the Mareanie arrived. It took one look at the rock's possessions bundled up within a rough and worn pack, and knew that it was leaving. So, it was with insistence that it asked one final time;

Why did you come here?

The rock had given many thoughtful answers over the past week. It had tried to explain its motivations, even though it itself did not fully understand why it was doing what it was doing. It had tried to explain the complexities of the damage being done to the world and all of the ways that this is a result of humanity's development, but not an intrinsic result of it.

But today, it was tired and hungry, and this was the last time it would ever have to answer this question. So instead of a final explanation, it just said the answer that rose first in its brain;

I came here because this place was on my mind. There was no special reason that justifies it over any other. I am simply on a journey; and a journey requires first and foremost that first step that begins a long walk.

The Mareanie considered that silently, standing beside the rock while the two of them watched another Corsola, struggling feebly on the beach as it failed to wipe the algae from its eyes.

Then it asked the rock another question;

What lies at the end of your journey?

Instead of answering, the rock took several steps forward. The Corsola shuddered and tried to walk away as it heard the larger creature approaching, but it slipped again on rocks covered in moss and slimy algae, and instead of trying again it simply laid there limply, accepting its incoming fate.

But the rock did not hurt it. Instead, it simply lifted the Corsola carefully, wiped the algae from its eyes as gently as a rock possibly could be, and placed it within water that was thigh-high to it, and deep enough that the Corsola could swim below the algae.

The Mareanie watched it as it returned to its pack and sat down again, lifting its notebook.

Then, the Pokemon spoke one more time;

I understand. Let's save them all together, then.

A flash of red light followed soon after.

Finally, the stolen Pokeball clipped to the rock's belt no longer laid empty.




You understand now, I trust, the bond that your Champion shares with its Pokemon. It is a bond of the truest kind; that of two idealists with nothing to hand beyond their own power, striving to make this world a better place for all and sundry.

Yes.
I understand now.

Good. It is important that you understand the burden that idealism will bring.




It would be convenient were the rock's journey to have been completed within a year, but that could never be the case.

There were two parts to this, you understand.

First; the rock's knife was not yet complete, not even close. It carved at itself still, each day chipping away at itself further, replacing more of its tumbled and polished mind with pitted and scarred stone.

When it arrived at each place, it and Mareanie would stay there for so long as it could scavenge food for themselves, and they would take in all of the myriad harms that humanity had wrought on these places. It was important to them that they saw these places of pollution and destruction were not isolated places, nor were the harms small and easily overcome. There were thousands, tens of thousands, perhaps millions of creatures affected across the country, and each of them was affected slightly differently. They built for themselves a catalogue of all of the poisons that had sprung up in the wake of careless development and progression.

Second; for much more mundane reasons, the rock simply had to walk everywhere, for it had no money, and thus no way to secure other means of transportation.

This is important. The rock's journey was not easy, but neither was it quick. It departed from its island when it was sixteen, and did not meet Mareanie until it was eighteen. It would not meet its next Pokemon for another two years beyond that, and even in the quickest of cases, it would spend no less than six months wandering the world before meeting another of its eventual companions.

Ah- but we are getting ahead of ourselves.

For now, let us focus in on the next important encounter in the rock's life.




Though we talk about Pokemon as though they can only be singular creatures- a Geodude is a Geodude, and a Rhyhorn is a Rhyhorn- this is not quite accurate.

Much like humans, Pokemon are creatures of their environment. Though some Pokemon- for instance, your common winged creatures- are adaptable and capable of surviving near anywhere with minimal adaptations, others will undergo radical shifts due to changes in their diets, weather patterns, or differing ecological patterns as predator and prey dynamics shift.

For a practical example of this; some Slowpoke, when faced with die-offs of the native berry bushes and small fish species that comprise their normal diets, will turn to alternatives laced with natural capsaicincapsicain. Though these berries are not their preferred forms of food, they will not turn away from them. Their other prey, however, will.

Ordinarily, this would precipitate a perilous shift in the environment, but so long as their alternative food supplies existed, the Slowpoke would be fine. However, a shift in their environment like this could never affect just one creature amongst an entire ecosystem. No; pollution flooded everywhere, and all the waters of the coast in this region of Laurum were flooded with poisons.

Ordinarily, the relationship between Shellder and Slowpoke is a symbiotic one. The Shellder will latch onto a Slowpoke, and evolution between the two is induced thanks to the energies that flow through it. Vital fluids that would be toxic to most Pokemon instead stimulate the Slowpoke's neurons, vastly increasing its intelligence and latent psychic capabilities- and in turn the Slowking provides the Shellder with easy access to food and nutrients, and also to experiences the Shellder would never have access to when living in water on its own.

When there is so much poison in the water, however, it is easy for natural processes to get disrupted. The differing structure of the Slowpoke's neurons makes it more difficult for the Shellder to help it, resulting in so much stress that- when the process of evolution is inevitably triggered- the Shellder will almost inevitably pour in the wrong combination of toxins, robbing the Slowpoke of almost all autonomy.

It is a tragedy. In the truest sense of the word, it is.

It was especially so in the case of the Slowking that partnered with the rock.

The rock, you see, did not find the Slowking when it was a Slowking. No; it found them when they were a Slowpoke and a Shellder still living together in the same rock pools on the beach. It and Mareanie had come forth here to investigate the effects of a ship's crashing here some years past; a huge cruise ship had hit a rock off-shore, and the clean-up efforts had been both months too late and also largely ineffective.

Even as they arrived, they could see the effects on the shore still. It was a relatively small oil spill, in the global sense of things, but it had been devastating to the local area. Swathes of plants underwater, seaweed and algae alike, had been killed. Staggering amounts of Pokemon and small creature lives were wiped out. And- in this particular case- the very water that Shellder relied on to eat and breathe in was tainted with oil.

The rock and the Mareanie spent the better part of three weeks on this stretch of shore getting to know the Pokemon that lived there. There had been a surprising number of Pokemon still alive in the aftermath, including- perhaps not unexpectedly, but even so- several families of Muk and Grimer who had moved in, and were helping to suck up all traces of oil that spilled onto the shores with the tides each morning.

A habit the rock and its partner had built was fighting the local Pokemon- those who weren't too sick or hungry or fatigued to have any interest in fighting them, at least. Trainers did not wander down to these coasts and bays very often any more, and so there were few opportunities for the wild Pokemon of the shores to challenge themselves against a trained Pokemon. Many of them would leap at the opportunity, and in so doing, teach the rock of all the things they knew and learned of living amongst these poisoned waters.

It was also, of course, good practice for the Mareanie; but all of the strength it gained from these practices was mostly irrelevant to the two of them, except in how it would occasionally rouse the interest of older Pokemon on the shores, who would tell them stories of the past in exchange for the opportunity to once again feel the blood pumping through their veins after a good fight.

Each night, they would settle into the small camp they had built for themselves, which comprised of little more than a small campfire the rock could roast fish and wild roots on and a pile of dried leaves and moss that served as their bed. They settled up, above a small overhang in a large boulder that kept the worst of the rain off of them- and, conveniently, near enough to the Slowpoke in the rock pools that they could talk to it.

So, for three weeks, the rock and the Slowpoke would talk to each other. They learned of each other; of the way the Slowpoke's parents had died, one to a Sharpedo when its father had swum out too far from shore, the other to a choking death when the oils had first spilled; of the rock's determination to set out and see the world when the lights in the ocean had died; of the Shellder's desire to see the mountains a Pelipper had once described to it, these great and towering spires of rock from which one could see an entire world.

The rock had intended to stay for four weeks, or perhaps even five, as there was plenty of food to be found. It would have, were it not for that fateful day when Shellder and Slowpoke decided finally to try for their evolution.

Were it not for the day that Slowpoke disappeared.

Shellder- now Slowking- wailed and gnashed at the heavens when it awoke and realized the mistake it had made. It was not fair, it cried; this was meant to be a union of two joined souls, a way for both to ascend! Slowking, once Shellder, would have been able to see the mountains, and Slowking, once Slowpoke, would have been able to comprehend all the beauty of the world before it with its own eyes.

Now only Slowking, once Shellder, remained.

It wept and it wept for hours while the rock sat beside it, offering what little comfort it could, until finally Slowking, once Shellder, looked at it with its intense eyes and told it;

Fix us. Heal us. This is what you are for; I have decreed it, and so it shall be.

And the rock did not argue. It was not involved, but there was an old ache in its chest that reminded it what it felt like to lose a friend to forces beyond one's comprehension. It would not deny it.

So, the three of them ascended; the rock for the first time in years, the Mareanie and Slowking, once Shellder for the first time in their lives, heading to human civilization to seek what help could be found.




Many people may consider a story to be like a book. A story's events unfold, from one to the next, chapter one bleeding into chapter two and so on and so forth unto the story's final chapter, whereupon the book is closed and the story is over.

If one were to look at the life of a hermit, one born alone in an empty forest who lived his own life in isolation until the moment of his death, this might be an accurate way of viewing things.

The rock, however- no matter how isolated from human society it might wish to be- was no hermit. It was its own creature, and its life often intersected with that of other creatures. As such, to fully understand the rock's story, it is sometimes necessary to take a step back and look for another thread within the rich tapestry that is the story of all the life in this world.

Therefore, we must take a look at the life of a storyteller.

The storyteller was a creature born to fae habits. His parents- a creature born of the shadows of the flickering flames of the home-heart, and a creature of the salty ocean spray, the border delineating the ocean meeting the skies- considered him a strange creature from birth, even from their own perspective; for upon his birth, he did not wail and cry, but instead gurgled and held out his hands and would be comforted only by the sound of voices speaking to him of stories and song.

He grew up isolated from his peers, for no child of three or four years of age could possibly hope to captivate his interest well enough to keep his mind present in this world, but this was okay, for there are a billion stories in this world and not nearly enough time to listen to them all. He would spend his time ensconced wherever a story might be found; in the library and in front of the television and crouched upon a chair listening eagerly to radios crackling out books in audio format, yes, but also crouched out in the thundering rains listening to Seismitoad tell him of the adventurers of the great Lugia and the storms it harnessed once to water all the forests of the land, or half-buried in the sands listening to Hippowdon talk drowsily of the creation of the soft sands it used to empower its attacks.

By the time the storyteller was nine years old, it had already an audience of captivated Pokemon that followed him wherever he went, trading stories for stories. He would stay up well past the witching hour every morning, speaking to ghosts and creatures of flickering flames and the ground beneath his feet, then fall asleep and dream of a thousand stories more he could spread the next morning.

It is good that he has so many stories to share with the Pokemon so freely, his parents would say behind shuttered doors when they thought he could not hear them; he is so different to all the other children. Surely they would mistreat him- but we cannot keep them from him, nor him from them. We must introduce them, and trust their good hearts to keep things well.

And for all the whispered secrets that worried at his heart, their worries were not misfounded.

The storyteller was a creature after his own heart; a creature that was so much himself that he could not bear to be anything but the truest expression of his own self. He was a creature of stories, and so he carried with him everywhere parchment and quill, that he could transcribe any story to permanent ink the instant it entered his mind. He was a creature of soft comforts, of pastel pinks and blues and yellows, and so he adorned himself in these colours. He liked pretty things and cute things and all things soft and wonderful, and so he dressed as such; pretty dresses and long hair left to fall free in wonderful waves, lacy clothes and thin necklaces of fine gold, soft makeup to accentuate his eyes and the dusting of his cheeks.

It was a conundrum.

The storyteller, you see, was a fae creature; but worse than that, it was human. All of the creatures the storyteller was supposed to interact with were human.

Humans.

Awful. Wonderful. Petty. Caring. Vicious. Soft.

So many things, all wrapped under the one label.

How were they supposed to express it all, if not by turning all of the wicked knives stabbing at their own heart against someone who bore it better than they?

Thus, the storyteller found his clothes dirtied and his lips bloodied and his elegant fingers broken; and all the human children of the village found themselves surrounded at once by a crowd of Pokemon staring angrily at them.

The storyteller would wipe the blood dripping from its nose onto its bloodied sleeve, and for the first time, it looked upon its own kind with anger in its heart. And it said the cruelest thing it could have said to them;

Nothing.

He turned away from them as though they did not matter, and he left, and all of the angry Pokemon followed with him.

This is how kindness is stifled and cruelty rises to the fore; a sweet boy is met with fists and words that cut worse than knives, and all impulses towards nicety and empathy are buried deep below layers of sharp thorns layered ever outwards.

Of course, stories have a way of revealing one's true nature anyway; and all those hidden impulses have a way of coming to the fore eventually.

Eventually, as all must know, the boy would learn of the story of the boy-hero who had once travelled across the lands of Laurum to learn the truth of why his people had been slaughtered. It is the most intriguing kind of story; the kind of story that has truth hidden inside it, but what those truths are have long been lost to the sands of time.

And so, the storyteller set out on his own journey to piece together a lost story.




No. Don't worry, little pebble. That story is not one to be told, not even to you. I know of the traditions of your people, and the efforts to which you have gone to ensure only those of your people who have proven themselves worthy can be told the truths at the core of the story.

Hm?

Yes. I know the truth, as I know all the truths of the people who have walked the surface of this land. It is our duty to watch over the land we shaped; we are the archivists, the creatures of the passing eras. We chronicle all, that one day when the star itself dies and we move on, you will not be forgotten.

But I know and I respect your customs; and so even to you, I will not repeat what the storyteller learned. The storyteller learned only a partial truth anyway, but even that is more than should be passed on to those who have not earned the right to hear the story.

So yes. I agree; let us keep silent on this, and move on to the climax of this thread of the story.




Though it is always sad when it happens, there is always the chance that a human will grow spiteful and cruel when others have turned their own cruelty upon them. There are so many cases of this recorded across history. people born with kindness and smiles in their hearts that turn to bitter frowns and mean sneers.

A sour note in the story of a song; a misplayed chord, a harsh drop, a sudden silence when a note should fade out.

The storyteller's Pokemon were determined this should not happen to them.

You see, though the storyteller was chasing after a story lost to time, they were looking in a different direction. They could see the direction the writer was taking with their story, and they were determined to change its course.

But how were they to do that? They were Pokemon, and they were powerful creatures, but they held limited influence over the storyteller. They could not force him to find friends to keep him grounded; they could not force him to find rivals to keep his attention down to earth.

It was eventually the youngest of them, Farigiraf, who proposed a solution that would not see them fail again and again;

We cannot force him into cities and into gardens where others of his kind might heal his soul; but we can of our own power encourage him to wander there on his own, and from there, we can hold hope.

It was manipulative. It was well-intentioned. It was deceitful still. A plan that meant only the best for their trainer, and yet still pitted their own silver tongues against his well-practiced ears.

In other words; it was the only plan this team could ever have come up with.

They would try at every opportunity; through days spent in the city restocking and preparing for travel into the desert, then through weeks spent in the routes, which blended together into months spent pursuing the circuit of gyms and the manifold opportunities for human interaction and friendships to form therein.

Opportunities that the storyteller would dodge at every opportunity.

It turned into a game, almost. The storyteller's Pokémon would seek out all the stories of the hidden places of each city they visited, asking; why was this shrine built here, behind this towering building where so few can see it? Who is the person in this framed photograph, hanging on the wall of this coffee shop surrounded by a flower-wreath? Why is this particular back street so well-maintained, when all around it lies rough roads and dilapidated empty lots?

The game was played for four years while the storyteller chased his lost story. The Pokemon followed, both eager and cautious. Three badges on one year turned into five the second, then eight the third, followed by placement in that great tournament your kind holds each year near your shining city on the coast, followed in the fourth year with a position as semi-finalist, third of the top four candidates.

He was fifteen at the time, and should have been at the top of the world. He travelled back to the great elder who had challenged him to return only when he had proved his strength, and he presented his position, and the elder acknowledged his strength and told him all the hidden stories of the boy-hero he had known.

The fifth year, the storyteller retained his position. Semi-finalist; third of the top four candidates.

The sixth year, the same.

Why?

Let us ask a different question instead.

What happens to a storyteller when the story they have been chasing concludes?

Most archivists would find a new story to chronicle. Some others turn instead to writing their own story, slashing ink across parchment like a sword slashing apart the air. But some rare few… stagnate.

It was all the Pokemon could do to stave off the worst of the ennui and spite from stealing through his heart. Cruel whispers surrounded him; the fabled prodigy has burned out. This is the highest peak that he will aspire to; now watch, watch as he crashes down far below and we can pick the choicest pieces from his corpse when the dust has settled.

The Pokemon searched far and wide for any story that might once again ignite the storyteller's passion. They traveled with him through small towns and great forests, through deep caves and across mountains, and at each stop they sought to inquire of new stories and of any kind souls around who could provide balm to an aching heart; but seven years had passed since poison had slipped into the storyteller's soul, and the damage was threatening to be far too much to bear.

And so it was that it was despite all the Pokemon's desperate efforts, despite their well-meaning manipulations and the extraction of stories from ten thousand mouths that had sought to keep their silence, Farigarif had a final realization;

They had been going about it the wrong way.

One cannot force a friend to appear, no more than one can force a stranger to become one's friend. Friendship- true friendships, not the shallow friendships of tournament-goers looking to put on brave faces at the pinnacle of their careers- can only be found when two open hearts find each other within those short few heartbeats where each are willing to make that first step.

For instance.

In a small marketplace in a small town beside a small bay fed by a small river where a storyteller happened to be passing through in pursuit of the story of a stray Corviknight, a rock walked through a doorway and asked a question with a sad smile;

Does anyone here know anything about saving a dying Pokemon?

And in one fleeting moment, one chance meeting of the eyes and one offer of assistance, in one recitation of a story of two Pokemon and the tragedy that followed, two hearts connected.




It is strange how sometimes the course of fate shifts irrevocably due to a single, infinitesimal thing.

The rock had not intended on travelling to this particular town on this particular day. It had intended to travel straight to the largest city of the land and seek the counsel of the most practiced doctors available, heedless of costs and consequences. This, it had determined, would give Slowking, once Slowpoke, the greatest chance of survival possible.

The city was nine day's travel away by foot were one to cut through the forests instead of finding their way through the Route nearby. It was more dangerous, certainly, but the rock was certain it and its Pokemon could handle it; so few Pokemon threatened it now, as many seemed to regard it more as one of them than as a human.

Slowking, once Slowpoke, could last that long held in the stasis of a Pokeball. Perhaps not much longer; each day past that mark would tick down the invisible timer that marked the time the Pokemon had before the poison would pierce past what remained of its resistances and truly kill what remained of its thought processes.

Nine days. Perhaps more, but perhaps not; therefore, nine days. No more and no less.

It had the supplies it needed to make the trip. It was set to go; but.

The ground was treacherous after recent rains, and the rock's latest pair of shoes found abandoned in a camping site had already had holes in the soles when it had found them two months ago. There was precious little grip left on them, yet to take this quicker path, it was forced over treacherous ground.

It was used to navigating through poor terrain. It had done it for years now; it should present nothing in the way of troubles. And, indeed, across its entire life, the rock never once took an injury worse than a twisted ankle or a small cut as a result of the paths it took.

But that did not mean other, smaller misfortunes could not befall it. For instance;

At one point, it slipped on a rock while trying to climb a small embankment. It swung down- then fell. Not so far as to injure itself, but further than it had intended- far enough that its footing was poor, and it slipped as it landed. It nearly kept itself upright- but again; it had been raining, and the footing was treacherous.

It fell over, and the lid of its pack opened, and half its food scattered across the mud.

Ruinous. Utterly ruinous.

It could scrape the worst of the mud off most of the food, and it was not scared of what remained of it; but some of the food was ruined outright. A half-empty packet of rice, bought on special, tore open and spilled all its contents through the mud; two berries, sliced in half and carefully placed within for Mareanie's next meal, both rolled over the ground and were thoroughly contaminated.

Irritating. Genuinely frustrating.

It could not afford to lose so much food. It already went hungry most days, surviving on so little as to feel hunger pangs as it went to sleep last night; it couldn't afford to go even hungrier.

It was forced to make a detour.

Just a small detour. An hour or so out of the way of its intended path. It had intended to bypass the small town entirely, but it needed to stop in now and spend some of its precious, precious, limited funds on something else to sustain itself with. Bread, maybe, or lentils bought on special; it could tolerate those.

One slippery rock.

One slip of the hand, one stumble in the ground, one button on a pack not properly fastened, one night spent eating slightly more than normal a week ago to reward Mareanie for mastering its ability to spray acid around the environment.

Those little, inconsequential things were all it took to change the course of an entire continent.




But then; you know all about this idea, don't you?

I believe your people call it 'chaos theory', or a subset therein. It is the idea of the interplay between chaos and order; the idea that, over a long enough period, all the small moments of chaos will eventually build up into an identifiable kind of order.

The proper term, I believe, is that of the sensitive dependency on initial conditions- or, at least, that is what your scientists refer to in their speeches and their hurried conversations with coworkers; bound as I am, I cannot go so far as to turn the pages of a book that I might read its contents and understand the complexities of your language.

In plainer terms; a miniscule action right now may have profound implications on the world weeks or months down the line.

I am aware that you are aware of this.

The reason I talk about this topic is to highlight how even random happenstance may bear vast and wide-reaching consequences.

You must always remember that no mind save that of Arkeus Himself can comprehend such breadth of information as to establish or maintain control over a land so vast as this.

Even were one to have stretched their minds out and sought to influence the land around them, they would have to limit their focus. Key players in the story to come; those who stand the greatest chance of helping or hurting their goals.

Nobody could have predicted such an outcome from something so simple as a slip and a fall on a wet rock out deep in the wilderness. And yet; behold all that sprang from so small an action.

A hand adjusted so slightly to the right. A button noticed and tightened hours previously. A different meal chosen the night before; the last of the rice cooked and eaten, leaving extra berries with skin that could be cleaned of mud. Even; a Teddiursa not moving past the wall the night before, sending a stick tumbling precariously close to the edge, whereupon water could drip down directly onto the handhold the rock would use.

A million things could have gone differently. This tale would have taken a much more tragic direction if even one of them had happened.

If you take nothing else away from our conversations, remember that, little pebble. Nobody's reach is infinite, and nobody can cover for all possibilities.

Do not reach for more than your hands can hold, or all will slip away from you.

My warning has been delivered. Let us return to the story at hand.




The rock was surprised to learn that the storyteller did, in fact, know how to help Slowking, once Slowpoke.

The word 'help' there was important, of course. It had heard stories of this happening before, with Slowking and with other Pokemon.

For instance;

There was a small Pokemon called Paras. In ancient times, people told stories of it being a divergent species of Krabby, living in deep woods and forests instead of the ocean- though they didn't use that exact phrasing, the meaning was clear.

However, there was one clear difference; Paras were born with two small mushrooms on their back.

The mushrooms themselves were not simply harmless to the Pokemon; they were actively beneficial. Through their presence, the Paras would be able to filter through the energies in their environments, enabling the Bug-type to utilize Grass-type energies every bit as well as it could innately use its own Bug-type energies. In turn, the Paras' bodies would nourish the mushrooms. A classic case of natural symbiosis; two creatures support each other, and the result was greater than the sum of its parts.

The story clearly parallels that of Slowking and Shellder; though there would never be an opportunity for Paras to live life on its own terms, this was a situation Paras was born in, and it could not be ascribed as a fault of either the Paras itself or its mushrooms. It simply was what it was.

Once, in a time hundreds of years ago, the Paras would eventually evolve. Alongside it, the mushroom would grow as well, becoming as much a protective shell to help ward dangers off the vulnerable Parasect below as it was an aid in utilizing the world's energies. The Parasect itself would grow stronger, smarter, stealthier; this would aid it in caring for packs of its weaker brethren.

That rare case of true symbiosis.

And then; we have heard this story before.

A shift in climate and local herbivorous populations changes the availability of food in the local areas. The Paras can adapt, but the food is poorer in quality. Less nutrition can be drawn from what food remains. The Paras eats and eats and eats, but the mushrooms require nutrition to function and allow the little bug to fight off predators.

An imbalance. The Paras goes hungry; the mushrooms do not. Power builds, but it is mismatched.

Then; evolution. Paras grows, cocoons, and Parasect emerges.

Paras does not survive the transition. It doesn't have the nutrients, nor the energy. Unintentional on the mushroom's part; it does not mean to leave its partner unable to survive, but what happens, happens.

Stories abound nowadays of trainers who have learned to solve this problem. Careful understanding of nutrition and environment have allowed trainers to carefully cultivate a Paras such that both partners survive the evolution, allowing the symbiotic partners to flourish and thrive in modern times. It just requires care, patience, and above all knowledge.

So.

They had a starting point. Not a conclusive answer on its own, for Slowking has already evolved; the time for careful balancing of diets, environment and experience had passed. But they knew who to look for now, at least.

And all it required was for the two of them to venture well outside of their comfort zones. The rock, back into human civilization in truth, to interact with it once more; the storyteller, back towards human companionship and the necessity of interacting politely and kindly with others.

Terrible. Most terrible indeed.

There are few places in this land that the rock disliked more than these big cities. They were, in many ways, monuments to decadence. Waste and pollution was built into the very foundations of these places. Simply stepping close to one was to see the effect that man has had upon the world. The air stank of oil and steel; there were so few plants to be found anywhere, so little in the way of non-human life in comparison to the titanic structures of concrete and stone; the very lights of the stars themselves was drowned out by all the lights and sounds humanity had constructed to hide themselves from the dark outside.

It was everything it stood against.

One must not misunderstand. The rock did not hate progress, in and of itself. It did not hate all the amenities of modern life; it did not begrudge humanity its instant communications across the oceans, nor the ability to travel, nor did it even begrudge them their settlements and their cities.

But the rock loved nature, in all of its wild and resplendent glory; and so it hated what these cities represented. It disliked the enormous pits dug into the desert, from which all of this steel was dug up. It disliked all the forests burned for fuel and for wasteful creations. It disliked all the garbage and smog and poisons spat into the sky and out into the seas.

And, most of all; it disliked how humanity treated itself.

The world deserved better. Humanity deserved better.

There were ways in which humanity could co-exist with the world without poisoning it, without leaving death and destruction and deep-dug imprints on the land. There were ways that humanity could learn to exist without so much hatred for itself; ways in which the storyteller could have grown up smiling and happy and so much closer to all the happy stories of the world.

But that world was not this world; and so the rock disliked these big cities.

But, if it were for Slowking's sake, the rock would set aside all of its prejudices and head on in.

Though they had a goal in mind, the rock and the storyteller did not have a particular destination to travel to. What initially may have spelled disaster for Slowking instead became fortuitous circumstance, as the storyteller's Dodrio could easily carry both astride its back and cover more distance in a day than the rock could have hoped to travel in a week.

And so it was that the following day, they arrived in that great city of your country, that shining gem that sits astride the crown of the country, proclaiming itself the gate that provides access to your League and its accompaniments.




It is funny, in a way. Though the storyteller wore his title with pride, the rock was no stranger to stories itself. It just focused more narrowly on the particular kind of stories it sought out.

Though each kept their goal in mind, their methods of attempting to find someone who could satisfy their goal differed greatly in execution. The storyteller was a fae creature, someone born with a silver tongue and an easy gait, one who could extract a conversation even from a wall and from there spin it into the story of their life.

The rock, on the other hand, was a fixated hunter. It had spent two years and more carving everything it saw into itself, and there would be no stopping it now, even with a particular goal in mind.

And so, while the storyteller departed to wheedle stories and directions from all the useful humans of the city, the rock sought out the city's Pokemon.

Even in a great polluted city like this, there was no shortage of wild Pokemon to be found, eager to exchange words for handfuls of scraps the rock kept from dinners the storyteller bought them. There were all the flying creatures that kept to the rooftops, and all the scurrying creatures that lived in alleyways and feasted on the wasted food humans foolishly threw out, and the creatures of toxic vapour and sludge that moved through sewers and rotted houses, and all the ghosts and creatures of the dark that would emerge at night when none but the most intrepid of humans would venture outside.

For instance;

There was a colony of Pidgey who lived on the roofs of the dilapidated apartment buildings on the outskirts of the city centre, where businesses and fancy housing began giving way to run-down houses built for four and occupied by eight, spaced in between large industrial districts and the occasional isolated districts of parks and industry.

The rock tried at first to approach them, but the Pidgey scattered at once, a flock flying in every cardinal direction and all those between until they reformed into four flocks on separate buildings across the neighbouring buildings. It tried this approach three times, each time met with the same result, until finally the flock grew weary of him and their leader appeared- a Pidgeotto, a creature that stood near as tall as it did without rearing back.

Well. That was embarrassing. Time to retreat and go find someone it won't be bothering.

It tried again.

There was a small, run-down park on the edge of a district full of houses built by the government aimed towards low-income members of society. The park itself was poorly maintained, with no evidence that anyone had been by to repair the squeaky swings or the rusted slide in years, and this brought with it a sense of overgrown wilderness surrounding the playset itself.

Within the wild grass and untrimmed trees in the park, there lived a small group of Pokemon; a Hoothoot that lived in the trees and hunted at night, a family of Rattata led by a variant Raticate in the grass, an Ekans that lazed around in the grass and protected the Rattata in exchange for scraps of berries and food from nearby, a Diglett that spent most of its time underground and only poked its head up to talk to the Ekans and the Hoothoot on occasion.

There was not much food to be found for this small group of Pokemon in the park itself, beyond a single stunted berry tree that was not flowering right now. Each night, Hoothoot and the Rattata would leave the boundaries of the park in search of whatever food was available that night. Most nights, the pickings were poor, just enough to keep them going through the next day; other nights the pickings were good, enough that they could set food aside for the days where there was no food at all to be found.

Thus, it was easy to trade a half-packet of Oran berries and a tube of pellets of insect-meal for information.

I know nothing, said the Diglett; I see nobody and I talk only to my friends and I live inside my burrow and disturb nothing. Please leave me be, you scarred and pitted stone; you frighten me.

We are sorry, but we know nothing, said the Raticate. We thank you for the food, and we hope you find someone to help you. If there is ever anything we can do for you here, please seek us out- and if you happen upon more food, we would be eternally grateful.

There is a Slowking that lives with an old human in a house to the south of here, said the Hoothoot. The house reeks of poison and smoke; perhaps there you could find an answer to your question, but I can guarantee nothing except an opportunity to try.

I have no answers you seek, said the Ekans; but I know someone who perhaps might. Come with me, my kindred, and I will lead you through the refuse of this city to one who knows it as they know themselves, and from there you can find all of the answers you seek.

The rock pondered these answers for long, slow moments. There were answers in two directions, and rejections in two more.

But there was no real choice, in the end, for you see; the rock knew that if it went to the Slowking, it would get no answers, for its ears had been closed forevermore to the babbling of rivers and the lapping of the oceans. It had accepted this price. What was done was done.

So the rock and the Mareanie set off to follow the slithering Pokemon through dim-lit alleyways and backyard littered with detritus. An hour turned into two, they passed from suburb to suburb, and the rock began to wonder if the Ekans had truly intended to lead it anywhere, until finally; something moved ahead of them, and the Ekans paused.

Here you are, the Ekans said, and bowed its head to them in turn. My part is done. Fare you well, trainer and the trained. It turned and slithered away then, leaving nothing for them to do but to approach the Pokemon they could see sitting silently in front of them, awaiting them.

Light filtered through, the first rays of dawn approaching, and from it the rock could see the outline of the Pokemon.

A Stunky, watching them with cautious eyes.

The rock paused in its approach, looking towards the Mareanie. It looked back at the rock in turn, then frowned and turned back to the unknown Pokemon. It considered it for a moment, then two; then it pointed one of its tentacle-arms at the Stunky confidently.

Yes; if it comes to a fight, we would win. Be assured in my strength as I am in yours. This will not come to a fight, though. Watch it as it moves, quiet assurance that behind it lies nothing of import; that a missed attack of mine will not damage a house or a child or a weak, fragile Pokemon. The Stunky cares, and so it is not our enemy.

So assured, the rock and the Mareanie stepped towards the Pokemon and stopped ten paces away. It eyed them distrustfully, and spoke with breath that smelled like oil-fumes and incipient violence and the rancid smell of a rotten kill;

Why have you come here to the land of the downtrodden, trainer? Should you seek exploitation, then know that all the blood has been squeezed; should you seek harm, then know that the only harm to come today will be visited upon your person.

The rock was surprised as Mareanie took the lead, but it should not have been. It realized this after a moment. It and Mareanie had entered into a partnership; they had goals that were aligned, and the two sought the same thing, but the rock was not the Mareanie's master, and here its voice would do better to soothe ill tempers than the rock's own.

The situation of the Slowking gestalt was explained, and as their desires and needs for one who might hold the key to their situation in their hands spilled forth into the world, the Stunky settled back onto its hind legs, aggression forgotten.

Eventually, it sniffed the air, then turned to look at the rock with a measured expression. Its tail flicked the air, filling it with the choking smell of garbage and decay, and then it hopped up to its feet and spoke again;

Very well; your intentions are good, and so I will aid you as I can- and if I find your words to have been lies, may you find yourselves die choking.

The rock fell in step one pace behind the Stunky as it turned and began stalking away. This would be a good time to practice the art of polite silences, but the rock was all too curious a person, and so it asked;

How is it that you came to live here?

For it could sense that the Pokemon was far more powerful than the Pidgeotto that had menaced it and the Ekans it had seen and even the Fearow it had seen watching the town with piercing eyes from the skies above. It was almost as strong as Mareanie, and that is no small thing; Mareanie had fought and fought and fought for two years and more, facing against opponents big and small every time it recovered enough to fight again.

The Stunky again graced it with a measured look, weighing its sincerity, and then it turned its head back to the road ahead and spoke to the empty air.

What do you know of going hungry?

The rock gave it some thought, and it answered;

We have gone hungry every night for two years, but it has been of our own volition, and should we have wanted more for food, we could have travelled more and eaten more. But I have gone hungry for years before that, and to have felt a night of satiation then would have been so impossible as to only happen in a dream.

Again, a rancid smell wafted over the breeze as the Pokemon considered this answer, and the rock had to fight to keep from feeling queasy. It has felt and smelled worse by this point, though; it manages, and that is what it takes to keep the Pokemon talking, though its voice grows impatient and disdainful as it does.

It speaks for a long time, and the rock can only listen.

This is a city of two halves. You have seen it; I can smell the disgust on you as I can smell your curiosity now.

You have seen the centre of this city, with its buildings that scrape at the sky and its monuments of steel and glass that defy the wind and the rain. You have seen the streets that give way to houses for four made of materials so scarce they must be imported from another land, and the parks that span territory that would make a Trevenant jealous. You have seen the people who live there dressed in accouterments that alone could buy food for a family for a week.

You have seen this shadowed half of the city, built in the detritus left by all that was torn up to build that hallowed central city. You can see the people here, downtrodden and broken by those who seek to climb up from their backs. You can see their broken houses, the sullen glares on their faces, the dilapidation of their neighbourhoods.

You can feel the misery that permeates the air here; the knowledge that so long as they remain here, they will forever boil in this endless hell that is the home of the poor and the starving. Their only hope for betterness is to leave, and in doing so, leave behind all others still slaving away in this pit.

This is how I came to live here, trainer. I wish to see the lives of the damned bettered. I wish to see smiles on the faces of the children that live here, and the light of hope in the faces of those adults who walk to work.

These people need someone to fight for them, and it seems that none of your kind have the spine to fight for their own, so it falls to me to do so.

A voice pierced through, ending the Stunky's rant. It was not the rock speaking, though; again, it was the Mareanie, who had been listening along thoughtfully and nodding.

It seems that the poison in this land extends deeper than we thought, o partner mine. I had thought our mission was to save all those of my kind who those of your kind have damaged and slain with your actions; but now I see that you humans turn this poison against even yourselves. Very well, Stunky; your goals are as one with ours, and so I welcome you as the fourth of our crusade.

The rock missed a step, then.

No, Mareanie. You cannot declare that so. It must be Stunky's own decision.

Its partner blinked at it, curious and innocent eyes staring wide into its own.

But why, my partner? Our goals are aligned; we seek the same end. Of all the many Pokemon we have spoken to, he and he alone understands the truth we have pierced through the veil and beheld. Why then should he not add his power to ours?

The rock considered its answer even as the Stunky considered them, and did not speak again until the sun had risen fully in the sky an hour later. Then it spoke, and its answer was final;

It is because we have accepted the price that must be paid, but we cannot decide that price for others. We can lay bare all humanity's vain desires and cripple their knees such they cannot continue their current path; but should we take another's life into our hands through our decisions, that would be a line we could never walk back over.

This is this and that is that, the Mareanie would think to itself; but the rock was a stubborn creature, and there would be no convincing it of the truth it had already seen, so it kept its answer to itself and turned its attention instead to the Stunky.

Where are you taking us, my kin?

The Stunky laughed a laugh of venom and death, and it replied;

I am taking you to meet a girl.




Once again, we must step back from the tale of the rock and talk about another of its kind.

Could this not be a tale for another time? The strain is growing. I fear that at this rate I will never wake.

Should you desire to wake, little pebble, you may do so at any time you wish. Simply blink, and open your eyes in your comfortable bed. I will not blame you, nor will I bear you a grudge. Remember this, though; you sought me out for understanding. I will tell you this tale in full, or I will not tell it at all.


Yes. I understand. I will pay the price in blood and pain when I wake. Forgive me.

There is no forgiveness necessary, for you have done no wrong. Things are simply as they are. If you wish to continue, however, then let us continue.
I will tell you now the story of a girl.




On the northern coast of this continent of ours, there existed a city of wondrous splendors and culture quite unlike anywhere else.

Within this city, there existed a hill that was the tallest peak in all of the city. All lived within its shadow; it sat tall and those who stood on it could look down on all who lived elsewhere.

On the peak of this hill, there was a house. This was an old house, one of the first of the city. There was a history to it, and a reputation; do not go there, young children. Do not sneak within its walls at night and play in its gardens, or you will never return.

In that house, there was a room at the end of a long and dark hallway. Only two sets of feet ever trod upon the boards that lined this hall. There were no windows to shed light here; no torches set into the walls to flicker light around. It was dark and it was cold, and that was good, for you see;

Within that room, there lived a monster.

That monster was a little girl. She was four years old, and she had killed her mother.

Her mother's ashes were laid in a goblet atop the mantelpiece in the living room. It was carved beautifully with a eulogy for the wonderful woman her mother had been.

The goblet is accompanied everywhere in the house by all the trophies of her mother's accolades. She had been a philanthropist, an entrepreneur, a pioneer; she had blazed a trail for many young girls to follow. A hundred people have become doctors thanks to scholarships in her names. A thousand people have food in their stomachs and hope for the future because of her.

And the monster had killed her.

Awful. She was awful.

There are thirty people who lived in the house during the days. The number fluctuated, but never by more than one or two. It was a good job that paid well, and the work was easy; except when one would be required to go to the monster's room.

Once, when the monster was six years old, her father hired a friendly butler. He was an elderly man with spots of pepper-grey through his hair and beard, and he gave her warm little smiles shared in secret. On the holidays, he would bring her small candies and little stories of the events that precipitated the days.

For a year and more, he was her favourite; the only one who would acknowledge her with more than a cursory nod.

On her eighth birthday, he entered into her room with a small plush doll and a cake so small it fit in the palms of just one of her hands. It was decorated with pink icing and little sprinkles, and he sung her a little song; Happ~y birthdaaaay to youuu…

On her eighth birthday, she never saw him again. An ambulance visited the house, sirens off; three grim paramedics strode into the house below her window, and wheeled from the house a stretcher with a white sheet over it, shaped strangely. The monster could see shoes poking from out from the bottom of the sheet; pointy shoes of leather and buckles, like that of an old man.

Words filtered up through the closed window, words she could not understand. Pulmonary embolism. Cardiac arrhythmia. Shutdown of bodily functions.

That night, a maid with an impassive face brought her down to the dining room.

She sat at the end of a long table, and her father and her sister sat on the other end of the table. They served a dinner of mashed potato and peas and roasted mushrooms, foods that she ate quietly and without complaint despite the queasiness in her stomach, and her father looked at her and asked;

How are your lessons going?

She replied;

Good. I am learning well.

He nodded, and then he looked away from her, and he would not look at her again for the rest of the night.

He would not ask her sister the same questions. Of course not; she was a perfect girl. Her lessons proceeded well. There was no need to ask her the question, for the thought of her failing was anathema.

The monster bowed over her empty plate, giving thanks to Arceus above for the meal, and then she returned to her room chased by silence and the smell of mushy peas.

When the monster was ten, her father took her from the house for the first time. She blinked her eyes rapidly against the too-bright sun, and hid her face from the world; but that was not enough, and still every time her father and her sister looked at her, they turned their faces away.

She was taken to a party. She did not know what it was for, or what was expected of her; her father told her only in his emotionless voice to dress herself appropriately. She wore her plainest dress and matching socks and a hat she could pull low so that he would not have to see her face, yet still he shook his head and turned away when he saw her.

So even that was not enough. She understood.

They were driven to this party in a fancy car with expensive wines and fancy fruits nobody touched, and they all climbed out in silence. They stood in front of a fancy hotel with lights so bright they burned the monster's eyes and music so loud it caused her head to ache, and he said;

Florence. Make a good impression. Make sure nobody gets hurt.

Her sister looked at him with fearful eyes wide with sudden adoration, then at her with disdain and contempt.

They walked inside.

Her sister took her aside.

Sit in the corner. Make no trouble. Don't be yourself.

Her sister walked away.

The monster wanted to ask; do you think I have not tried for ten years to not be myself?

And yet, still she was herself. Evidently, she had not tried hard enough. She kept silent, and obediently she sat in a dark corner and she made no sound that might cause trouble.

But that in itself caused trouble, for half an hour later, a boy approached her as she was counting the bricks in the wall. He said to her;

Sorry if I'm bothering you. You looked lonely over here. My name is Timothy. What's yours?

She looked at him, and he looked back at her with a warm and open smile on his face, so she replied;

My name is Cora, and I am a monster. You should go away before I hurt you.

He looked over at her, taking all of her in, and then replied with a smile;

That's okay. I don't think you'll hurt me. Do you want to step outside and talk where it's quieter?

She did. It was too loud inside.

They stood outside on a balcony with the door closed, and Timothy chattered about meaningless things for hours. He talked to her about school, and how his father and mother had not wanted him to attend public school, but he had insisted. He talked to her about his favourite food; ice cream, but only the plain kind, with chocolate powder sprinkled on it. He talked to her about his brother; a man called Roger, who was partnered with an Arcanine and a Centiskorch and had two badges, which she thought was impressive by the tone of his voice.

She did not speak back.

That was okay, though. He paused at times to give her the space to talk if she wanted to, but she just looked down at the busy streets below and kept her silence, and he would start up again as if no interruption had taken place.

Finally, he had said everything that was on his mind, and he joined her in leaning on the railings and looking down below.

What are you looking at?

She took a moment to think about it.

There are so many people down there. They look like ants milling around, a line of people all going in the same direction. I wonder; if they looked up here, would they see us?

Timothy thought about it for a moment, and replied with a pensive tone to his voice;

I hope so. It would be a terrible thing not to be seen.

The monster nodded.

Yes. Yes, it would be.

Their conversation ended there. The two of them stood in silence, watching the thousands of people below stream by and occasionally glance up in their direction, until finally her sister came to retrieve her. Her sister took one look at Timothy and dismissed him from her mind, and said instead to her;

Father sent me to retrieve you. Come.

The monster set foot to leave, but before she could, Timothy spoke up.

Hold up. Do you have a phone? We should stay in touch! It would be fun!

Her sister's voice was cold.

We don't have phones. We're wasting time. Let's go.

The monster's foot wavered. She hesitated.

She had read a book once. In that book, people would write letters on pages, and people would take those letters and give them to the other. It was a method of human connection. Perhaps-

Her sister looked back, a look in her eyes like she wished to drown the monster in the depths of the oceans, and the monster moved without thinking.

It's okay, she thought to herself. Perhaps Father will bring us to a party again. There, he can tell me of all the glories his brother has won and all the tales of his friends at school. Yes; it would be nice to see him again.




It was a short notice in a newspaper the monster saw by accident the next morning when Father left his newspaper on the rack beside the coaststand the maids escorted her past each morning..

Today, at approximately 8:35 PM, there was an accident involving two motorvehicles on the corner of Broxton Avenue and Leinsley Boulevard. Four people were injured in the collision, and were moved to the nearby St. Alexandria Hospital for urgent treatment. Their conditions remain critical. Unfortunately, two of the parties involved in the accident were marked as deceased on arrival by paramedics. We grieve for the loss of Timothy and Roger Chalet, students of…

Strange.

The newspaper was wet for some reason.

The maids escorted her into the kitchen for breakfast just a few minutes later, pointedly not looking at her. All they said was; would you prefer orange juice or water with breakfast this morning?

Orange juice. She liked the sweetness.

They apologized and handed her a glass of water. They were out of orange juice; an obvious error on the part of the maid who had taken their delivery yesterday.

The monster understood.




The monster turned thirteen when things finally changed.

It had been standing on the roof, attempting to work out geometry with nothing but its eyes, when a shadow fell upon it. It looked up, and blinked when it noticed something diving towards it.

It was a Pokemon, though what kind it did not know; it had never read of a Pokemon like this. It had read of few Pokemon at all. It looked like a Spearow, or similar in proportions, though its feathers were ruffled black instead of red-white-brown. It watched as the creature turned and lifted its wings as though to strike at a distant target-

Something yellow slammed into it, faster than the little black thing could react, and the Pokemon screeched in pain. Shadows rushed forth from it, and the yellow thing turned and retreated- but the little black thing pursued, flitting back and forth through the skies.

The monster watched, mesmerized.

The two Pokemon banked around each other, unrestrained by notions like the laws of physics, gravity and inertia and momentum. They did not care for the rules the world sought to impose on them. The yellow thing banked left; then it wanted to move right, and so it did, slowing down not the slightest despite the reversal of direction. The black thing followed; it wanted to slow suddenly to avoid a bolt of lightning, and so it stopped moving, one fraction of a second speeding forward and the next frozen.

It was not fast enough to avoid the lightning still; nor was it fast enough to avoid the yellow thing crashing into it a moment later, an impact that cracked the skies and made the skies ring with cruel laughter.

The monster did not know how to react, so it didn't react; it just watched as the shadow in the sky grew larger and larger, big enough to block out the sun-

Pain exploded through its face, and things around it moved very rapidly- no, she moved very rapidly. It took it a moment to understand that she was rolling off the roof, the impact having thrown her backwards.

Before she could fail to react, something slammed down. A talon hooked over her arm, and the loud sound of ceramic tiles shattering echoed off the grounds below, followed a second later by cries of alarm below; then the sound stopped, and she found herself swaying long metres off the ground.

Above her head, there was an affronted squawk. Reality set in again, and the monster turned its head up, looking at its saviour, its attempted killer.

The Pokemon was holding desperately onto the monster, one claw wrapped around its arm while the other held desperately to the wood-struts in the roof. Its wings hung down at awkward angles, and pain flashed across its face every time they brushed against the tiles of the roof, but still it didn't let go as it looked down at the monster with anger on its face and cried;

Save yourself, you stupid girl! I cannot hold you forever!

Well.

If that is what the Pokemon wants.

The monster clambered back atop the roof, though it was an awkward scramble. Above, the sounds of combat echoed forth, to which its saviour looked up with a look split equal between longing and worry- worry that soon faded as the yellow thing was driven away, a half-dozen Pokemon intercepting it from below just two minutes after its arrival.

Finally, the monster made its way back to the roof, now covered in small cuts and bruises, and looked curiously at the little Pokemon.

What are you, my saviour?

The bird looked affronted; it ruffled its feathers and preened and winced in pain as it lifted its broken wings to pose. Despite barely scraping the monster's knees, it managed to look down imperiously on it and responded;

I am Murkrow, lord and ruler of all the skies of this city. Kneel and pay your respects, little human girl, and I will forgive your transgressions.

Well.

If that is what the Pokemon wants.

This set the tone for the interactions between the two over the coming years.

Murkrow- bossy, demanding Murkrow- made many grandiose claims, though the monster held doubts deep within its lying heart. Yes, he would say imperiously; I am the strongest of all the Flying-type Pokemon of this city. Thank you for noticing. Of course, he would crow; of course the sheen of my feathers is so slick and so bright! I come from the greatest of lineages; power flows through my blood!

And he would continue to speak his grand stories of all his conquests of the skies, and the monster would fix the splints on his wings and provide him all the food it could ask for.

In a way, the monster thought to itself, it was good that Murkrow's wings had been broken. If they were not, then surely Murkrow would have left it, and not remained ensconced within the nest of torn dresses and shattered tiles it had made for itself in the room.

And what an awful thought that was.

Each morning, the monster would travel with Murkrow back up onto the roof; this time not in an attempt to do math and calculate distances, but instead so that the little Pokemon could relish in the soft breeze and the gentle shade provided by the chimney as the sun moved around them.

They would sit there and tell each other stories.

Murkrow told it stories about all the Pokemon it had met across its life. He recognized the voracious need to know more about life outside, and fed its desires. He would tell it stories of the Fearow who lived in the mountains nearby, and challenged any who sought to steal its berries to a race, allowing only the victorious to take from its hoard. He would tell it stories of the Machamp who worked in town, shaving ice gently behind a street stall and taking payment from children in the form of candy and pocket change.

In exchange, the monster told Murkrow a story of its own.

It told him about Timothy.

Murkrow stared at it as it told the story in its monotone voice.

When it finished speaking, the Murkrow continued staring for long minutes.

It did not comment.

Instead, it sat back and looked at the clouds. Then, it spoke, in a surprisingly gentle voice;

Let me tell you another story, little girl. A story about a Pokemon called Absol.

The monster did not understand the point of the story, but it listened politely anyway.

In this way, life passed by gently. Summer turned to autumn, then winter, then spring, then summer again. A year bled into two, then three. Life moved on around them. The monster's sister left one night; she left no note, nor no goodbyes, taking with her only her Marill and jewellery enough to surely purchase a house with. Its father said nothing; it just looked away from the monster, staring instead into a goblet of wine with an empty expression.

The monster returned to its room.

It was seventeen when Murkrow spoke of his wings once more. His voice was gentle and soft, but it was also insistent;

My little girl, you are growing up so fast. Soon, it must be time we leave this nest.

The monster did not understand, so Murkrow tried again.

My sweet Cora. My wings have been clipped; so too have your own. We are a mirror match. We have been patient, and we have allowed ourselves to heal; but bones will set wrong if they are not tended to, and scars will develop if a wound is not washed and bandaged.

The monster still did not understand. That was okay. Murkrow tried again, one more time;

O partner of mine. You have been so patient with me as I heal; you have taken me into your domain and opened your heart to me. Now, let me have my turn.

The monster understood a little, then.

Nobody in the house stopped it the next day as it and Murkrow stepped onto the roof again. None had ever said anything before, and nor would they now; they averted their eyes from the pair and hurried about their business, leaving the two to their silence.

And that was all that filled the air as Murkrow and the monster stepped towards the edge of the house that they had stared at all these years.

Murkrow was so small. Standing beside it, he could barely touch its thigh with his beak.

It did not understand how this was supposed to work.

But Murkrow insisted; and it had no reason to deny it.

They stood at the edge there, both of them together; one a monster that had never known the world outside but for the pain it brought, the other a creature that had denied itself the skies for the sake of a girl with a heart full of misery.

And then they stepped off.

The monster fell, and a thought flashed through its head;

Yes. This likely would be enough distance to kill it. Confirmation; its math skills were indeed impeccable.

But it would not find out for certain today.

The house stood tall in the light of day. On most days, it cast a shadow down on the town below, the sun refusing to lend its light to such a pit of despair.

Today, though;

For a single, brief moment, the house was lit, pure white light fighting back all that darkness for just a moment, just long enough for the monster to see the truth; how small that house truly was.

Then Honchkrow swept below it, the splints on his still-broken wings wavering as he wove the currents around him to his will, and Cora landed on his back and, for the first time in her life, laughed freely as she flew up into the blue skies and clouds above.






Yes. I thought this story might impact you, given our last.


Humans can be so callous to each other so easily.

Yes.
But this is not unique to humans. All creatures have the capacity for kindness and cruelty. I did not show you the story of the monster to turn you to bitterness and misanthropy.
What you take away from this story is up to your own self, but make sure to consider all aspects of how a story plays out before you judge.


Right. I understand.

Good. Then let us return to the story of the rock.



In the poor and broken-down outer city of this greatest city of Laurum, there existed people who defied the social order and committed crimes against others.

The rock understood most of them. It was no stranger to petty crime itself; though it wasn't particularly proud of it, it had resorted to petty theft itself a handful of times when it risked running out of food, or for the handful of Pokeballs it had taken from a Pokemart.

When the alternative is starvation or other forms of misery, it could understand theft. That doesn't make it a good act, but sometimes, a bad act can be justified.

There are others that the rock could not understand.

For instance, it could not comprehend organized crime.

Conceptually, of course, it could understand. It was no stranger itself to the idea of working with others; though it had only been with the storyteller for a day, it had been working with Mareanie for much, much longer than that. Before that, there had been odd bits of cooperation, with its parents or with other homeless people within the city.

But the idea of working with others to do harm or enact crime on a much larger scale than any individual could manage on their own?

The only way it could conceptualize the idea was by imagining the criminals as a corporation.

Thus; the Rough Riders, inc.

Or, at least, that was the name it thought it heard the frenetic force yelling as a veritable wave of people converged upon the street in front of it and Stunky.

The rock cast its gaze over the group, estimating at once at least three dozen people were roaring down the streets on motorbikes, as many Pokemon and slightly more at their sides. It tensed for a moment, then cast its gaze, looking for their target-

- there. It took it a moment to see her; she was nearly invisible standing there in plain light. It had to take a moment to focus before shadows that didn't exist receded from its vision, and it could see the girl sitting placidly on the back of a large Honchkrow, waiting in the middle of the road.

The wave of criminals broke there, several buildings away from the girl- far enough away she could not easily have her Pokemon leap forward and attack, but close enough they could shout. Soon enough, one of the bikers drove forward some, making an obnoxiously loud sound with his bike as he went, and then stopped to shout at the girl;

You! You're the one who broke our bikes and beat our men!

The girl looked down at the man from the back of the Honchkrow, and she considered his words for a moment. Then, she slipped from her Pokemon's back, and took three steps forward as she said;

No. I have taken no action; you men suffered greatly, but it was not by my hand these misfortunes fell upon them.

It was not an answer that could calm the criminal's fury. Noise washed over the rock- angry shouts and loud denials and calls for blood- but none of it mattered; it could see the girl didn't care at all.

Then;

She turned her head even as the leader spat more envenomed words at her, and she looked directly at the rock.

The rock stared back, and inclined its head.

Chaos broke out.

The leader of the group held tight the grips of his motorbike and twisted them, causing a horrible noise to emerge from it. His bike sped forwards; behind him, there were hoots and hollers as people scrabbled to follow; and then things quickly and horrifically went wrong.

To understand what happened, we need to take a step back- just a little step back, this time; nothing complicated- and examine a few things.

Three days ago, in a different part of the city, a local woman's Persian had slipped from out of its trainer's window and went hunting. It wasn't hungry; more playful. Still, the pack of Pidove it fell upon disagreed that this made the situation any better. The flock, scared and angered, took whatever of their nests they could get their hands on, and flew to a different part of the city that the Persian might never find their nests again.

Slightly less than three days ago, a Pidove, tired after having fought off the Persian to buy its friends more time to escape, dropped the heavy branch it was carrying as it flew over a large office building. It considered going back for it- but its flock had not noticed and had kept flying, and it made the practical choice to catch up and abandon its nest-piece.

About a day and a half ago, it had rained, and rained quite heavily, though only for a short period of time. The water dried quickly once the sun came out; but while the torrential rain had fallen, it had produced rather more force than the rusted gutters on the roof had been prepared for. Two bolts had snapped, and a bit of the gutter snapped, falling down- still held in place, but now directing any rain and debris held in it directly down to the ground. A variety of sticks and wet leaves poured down into the alleyway.

As it fell, the stick landed innocuously. It bounced a few times, then eventually settled, leaning against one wall of the alley and against the lip of a dumpster on the other side.

Today- just a few hours ago- someone from the office building emerged to throw several bags of garbage into the dumpster. They didn't notice or didn't care about the stick; they just threw the bags in, heedless of if one of the bags split and spilled a small amount of garbage in front of the dumpster. It had been a long shift, and so far as they were concerned, it was someone else's job to clean it up.

An old, disused rod fell out from the bag. It teetered on the edge of the dumpster- then rolled out, catching itself on a notch in the much larger branch.

This formed what humans commonly call a lever- or a makeshift catapult.

And, approximately two minutes ago, a passing Pidgey dropped a particularly heavy coin on the roof of the apartment building.

Ting. Ting. Ting.

The coin rolled down the roof of the apartment building. There were several points it could have hit that would have changed its directory, or caught it before it built up much momentum; but as circumstances would have it, it avoided all of these areas by pure happenstance.

It hit the gutter of the apartment building after a bit more than a minute. Again; if it had hit at a slightly different angle, or perhaps with just a bit less momentum, perhaps the gutter would have caught the coin.

Instead, the coin hit the side of the gutter and bounced, falling into the alleyway.

It fell, and it fell, and it fell; and then it hit the far edge of the disused rod that had been thrown out earlier in the morning.

If the rod were heavier, it would not have moved much; if it were weaker, it might have snapped. If the stick were at a different angle, the stick might not have moved at all. If any of a million million things had happened just slightly differently, then this would not have happened.

But all of those things did happen; and the coin hit the disused rod. The disused rod flipped up into the air with a surprising amount of force; then, as it spun, it hit a small overhang in the alley. This imparted it with just enough angular momentum to send it spinning out into the street.

It did not have much force. Even if it had hit a person, it likely would have only bruised them. It wasn't a heavy rod, nor was it large enough to cause a serious accident if someone rode over it. In ten million other circumstances, this would have been a non-factor; one of those things that happens and is not noticed by anyone in the world.

But right now; as the rod hit the ground and bounced just slightly up, it happened to move at the one singular instant in which the rod could pass through the spokes of the leader's motorcycle and lodge itself in the wheel as it turned.

It is important that you understand the machinations behind how this happened.

The monster bore no responsibility for what happened. It did not scare the Pidove. It did not break the gutter. It did not catch the stick as it fell. It did not throw the garbage into the dumpster haphazardly. It did not walk away as detritus rolled out of the dumpster. It did not drop the coin that fell. It played no part in any of these circumstances.

It never did.

These things just always seem to happen around it.

Finally; we catch back up to the present point in our story.

Very little that's pleasant happens when a rod catches in the spokes of a motorbike's wheel. Usually, if the wheels are spinning fast enough, things will break, or the spokes will simply move so fast that things will bounce off of them. It would take a freak accident- one in a million circumstances- for something to get in there while it's operating and damage the wheels.

But when that does happen; well, suddenly your bike's front wheel cannot spin any more, but momentum still carries you forward.

The bike flipped. The back wheel rose in the air, then continued forward while the front wheel did not. For a brief moment, the leader would have seen the world spin around him; then he could no longer hold on to the bike's handlebars, and he was flung forward over the streets at a speed exceeding fifty kilometres an hour.

He hit the ground once, his arm held outstretched in front of him still. Nobody but he could hear the crunching sound as the bones within shattered into several pieces; but of course he could not hear it over the sound of the wind whistling and the blood pounding through his head as he realized, very abruptly and many minutes too late, exactly why one is supposed to wear a helmet when driving a motorbike.

He bounced off the ground and was thrown up into the air again, though this time only a short distance up.

He descended towards the ground for a second time.

Impact never came. Instead; a pair of clawed talons closed around him, and he could only feel relief and terror in equal measure as Honkrow carried him up into the air, safely away from the ground and the inertia that had threatened him as soon as he hit the ground.

Then the pain hit, and the screaming started.

The motorbikes came to a screeching halt very fast.

The monster stared impassively at the rest of the Rough Riders. Stoutland and Mightyena and Arcanine stood warily, looking at her with sudden fear. None of them understood what had just happened.

Honchkrow beat his wings behind the monster. In his taloned feet, their leader howled in pain as his broken arm dangled off freely to the side.

Beside the monster, her own Mightyena yawned. Mightyena's teeth were very large and very, very sharp.

The Rough Riders, inc, very abruptly decided that they had made a bad decision in confronting her.

The monster, of course, did not care. She turned her attention back to the rock, who was now following Stunky as he descended the small hill to meet her. Both of them ignored the retreating criminals.

Hello, Stunky. I see you have brought another stray.

Stunky nodded. It is seeking help, it said in its awful voice; I brought it here, as I trust you can offer it what aid you might.

The monster considered them for a moment, then nodded and turned.

Very well. Follow me; I'm hungry.

The monster led them to a small restaurant with an outdoors dining area. It was mostly empty; a single couple sat on the far end of the restaurant, and just three other pairs inside. In fairness, it was not a good time for the restaurant; in less fairness, it took near ten minutes for a waiter to come and take their order, and near an hour past that for two simple meals of stir-fried rice and vegetables to make their way back out, accompanied each by bowls of berries and insect-meal sauteed in some kind of sauce that they claimed no Pokemon could resist.

The two ate in comfortable silence.

Honchkrow, of course, was not with them. He had flown the leader of the Rough Riders, inc, to the hospital, and upon his return had lamented the necessity of returning to his Pokeball; alas! But for the civilization which grows not to fit me! Too great in power and stature am I!

Instead, a small creature curled up below the table alongside Mareanie; a Ledyba. The two of them ate their own meals and had their own conversation, irrelevant to that of their trainers.

The two trainers finished eating their meals, then sat in uncomfortable silence before the monster broached the topic.

What is it you seek help with?

The rock cast around, as though to find someone to explain the story for it, but it couldn't find anyone, so it resorted instead to a tool it had found itself overusing lately; its own voice.

In a voice as dead as the girl across from it felt, it told the story of Slowking, once Slowpoke.

The monster listened as words fell from the rock's lips. Then, she drummed her fingers on the table, and thought back to all the storybooks she had read as a child, and she asked;

Have you ever heard of the Herba Mystica?




We have discussed previously the idea of small moments that, looking back, were momentous.

Picture this for me, little pebble.

In the centre of a modest neighbourhood on the outskirts of the rich part of your crowning city, there was a park. It was nondescript and bland; it had a small playset with a sandpit, a slide and a set of swings, it had trees planted in such a way that might suggest they had been intended to serve as a wall of shade had two thirds of them not withered and died a decade ago, and it had grass of such length and unevenness that it spoke of a council worker who came around with a grass-cutting machine once a month and did not care about his job.

Three figures sat on a neat cloth beneath the shade of a dying pine tree. They ate perfectly average food and wore perfectly normal clothing and did not at all look like the creatures they were deep below.

Anyone who walked past would have mistaken this as an ordinary event. Three regular people having a regular picnic on a regular day.

A small moment.

A momentous occasion.

One little moment in time where the course of history shifted as the rock asked the storyteller;

Where can we find one of these herbs?




The thing that must be understood is that the Herba Mystica are not normal plants; nor are they common. They are plants born of stellar dust that feed on dreams and stories. Their seeds were strewn about this world when the ancient kings fought; when Aerodactyl and Tyrantrum lived in truth; creatures of flesh and blood and real-world power, not the creatures tainted by stone that your kind have recreated today.

The Herba Mystica were once plentiful. They spread across the world following the journeys of the Pokemon who created them, creating blooming paths of power and beauty that spanned worlds. Pokemon would follow in their wake, feeding on their power and listening to the ancient creatures' stories of their homeworld in turn.

Those Pokemon are dead now. I believe the last of them to have died when Father last turned in his slumber and the continental plates turned with him.

Now; now, the Herba Mystica only survive in the deepest and wildest parts of the world. They exist where ancient Pokemon sleep; where none dare tread for fear of awakening their wrath. All those who watch over them know to watch with a keen eye, for should knowledge of the plants be spread carelessly, their existence could end in truth, and with it the last traces of those ancient Pokemon.

It would take someone exceptionally stupid or exceptionally brave to seek them out and attempt to take from those ancient Pokemon their precious prize.




This is how the story went;

Deep in the hottest part of the desert, where the sun shines brightest and even those faint traces of rain the desert receives each year know not to fall, there was a boulder tall as a mountain.

Carved into this boulder was an entranceway. It was guarded by fierce Pokemon, massive creatures of earth and stone who stand vigil eternally. Should one survive the harsh desert sun, they would be tested; only those of great wit and ingenuity, like that of a storyteller or a very clever girl, could have the guardians set aside their weapons and allow passage within.

Within the entranceway was a tunnel.

The tunnel was short, yet it was not. It would take its master one score strides to climb through, never more and never less; yet as the triad delved its depths, it seemed never-ending.

Passage that should have taken them a day stretched into two, then three. Light faded just minutes in; the only light they could navigate by was a single torch swinging from a stick, lit from within by a candle.

Three days stretched into four. Four days stretched into five.

They looked at their supplies of food. They had brought enough to last them two weeks; it had taken them three days to get here. Eight days of food gone; six days left.

If they turned back now, they could still survive. They would be hungry, but they would make it back to the city and they could recover and try again.

The storyteller and the monster looked at the rock. It looked silently at the Pokeball of Slowking, once Slowpoke.

They kept going.

The second test, passed.

The key; patience. A willingness to commit one's life to the uncertain future, to trust that one's dreams will carry them forth past common sense and into the life they are striving for. To take oneself to the point where they know stepping foot on that path again seals them into the need to go further, and to take that step anyway.

The sixth day, they arrived.

This is what they saw;

A massive stone cavern, deep within the earth. Deep, so deep, that there was an awful, oppressive heat hanging over the air. The very stone of the walls around them seemed almost to deform, as though grown soft and pliable due to the immense pressure of trillions and trillions of tons of stone above them.

At the end of the cavern; a door.

It was a simple thing, though not an unimpressive thing. It was not a complicated contraption of locks and hinges and tubes through which pressurized gases squeeze to open some ponderous thing of steel and concrete.

No. It was a simple door; a huge thing carved of ice that matched the oppressive heat of the cavern with its own frigid cold. It was barred with the simplest of locks; a massive chunk of steel, laid across it and dug into the foundations of the earth, so deep within that they passed out of even my domain and into that of Lord Groudon. It bore a symbol, carved there as a warning to all who might approach; seven dots, three in two lines, the pillars that held up the world, and one in the centre, the all-seeing eye.

And it was open.

This was the third test;

Survive.

And from the shadows of this magma-lit cavern, I fell upon them like a monster.




You?

Yes.
This should come as no surprise to you, little pebble. You saw their constructions on the surface when you sought me out; you saw the sandstorm they raised, the mountain they lifted above mine own cavern, the peace and tranquility they sought to give me.

But you fought them?
No- that's not what I mean.
They survived?

Well.
I did not bring to bear upon them the weight of my truest of mantles.
After all; they were dear guests here to take a test, not those who come bearing chains and closed fists.
But yes.
Make no mistake, little one. You are wise beyond your years, and you are far more skilled than anyone yet knows; but you are not the pinnacle of power. There are those far above you yet.



Do not be upset. It is a harsh truth, but better one you learn now.
Come. Let us return to the story.




Here, buried deep within the churning heart of the earth, I had lived for three billion years and more.

Stories are told of me and my siblings. We pale in comparison to the truly great legends; next even to that of Groudon and Kyogre, we have little stature, let alone to they such as Palkia and Yveltal. Yet despite that, we are creatures of legend still; they who shaped the planet, who took all that Groudon and Kyogre had made in their cataclysmic battles and tended carefully to it until the seas calmed and the lands stopped shaking and all those after us who nurtured life could watch it thrive.

I don't speak of this to give credence to my stature, but instead to give context.

Were I to fall upon the triad with intent to kill, they would be dead. Perhaps this would be different if they had bound me to the surface and stolen from me the land below; perhaps were the three united in purpose and determined to steal of me everything that made me myself, we could be evenly matched. But here, deep in the core of the earth, in the heart of my power- no. Even the greatest of your Champions past and future could not hope to survive me here.

Thus, I constrained myself.

The crown I bear is that of bedrock, the stone that lies underneath all. I am the firmament atop which you all stand. I am that that raised the mountains and I am that that carved the rivers and I am that that tore asunder the valleys. I am the bones of this land, and with that comes weight that the triad could not hope to survive.

And so, I turned to the blessings of ancient Terapagos, and I took upon myself those lesser mantles I have claimed for myself in eras past.

I claimed the mantle of soil and clay and mud and dust; all those lesser elements of the earth that settled atop me and churned and ate and died and lived anew. I bore in myself the power of Ground;

and despite this, or perhaps because of this, they fought back so furiously. The monster unleashed her Shiftry, and its roots grew and fed upon all that made me, so that as I tore into it it ate of me and we locked in stalemate; and the rock unleashed its Mareanie, and the waves ebbed and flowed, taking with it the silt and sand that made me; and the storyteller spoke his stories, and Farigiraf kept the riverbanks steady, such that no landslide could fall.

And so I claimed the mantle of the rivers instead; the churning water that flows now through the channels I carved, the lakes that sit where I bent the land with a single footstep, the ground-water that feeds the deserts and all the lakes below. I bore in myself the power of Water;

and the Shiftry spun its fans and my water faded into spray, and the storyteller called upon the flames of Pyroar to turn all of me to steam, and Mareanie stole what remained of me and drank greedily unto itself.

And so I claimed the mantle of the life I had encouraged so many to nourish; the massive trees that scraped the sky, the beautiful flowers that hid within them poisoned thorns, the choking vines that even now ate at life. I bore in myself the power of Grass;

and Shiftry fell before my wrath, and Mareanie waned until the rock recalled it, and I contended with the Pyroar's flames and the poisonous concoctions of Slowking, once Shellder, until finally; a screech emanated through the air. And though I lashed out, and through my choking vines I smothered the Pyroar, Skarmoury tore me limb from limb.

And so I claimed the least mantle of all the creatures that I had encouraged to thrive; the churning insects, the skittering spiders, the fluttering moths. I bore in myself the power of Bug;

and Slowking, once Shellder, fell before me, but a third Pokemon emerged from the darkness, unseen as it followed across the continent and through the depths, and I contended at once with Stunky and Dodrio and Skarmory, and the least of my mantles had little to bring to bear. I churned and I writhed and I choked them with silk, but still they fought, wild-eyed, desperate; and still I did not have my answer.

And so I took a risk, and I claimed the mantle of my sister; and the taste of iron and copper and magnesium settled over everyone. I knew with a heavy heart they would be sick for days as mercury entered their veins; but my test was not over. I bore in myself the power of Steel;

and they had so little to contend with me, for steel is the closest of all things to stone, and it feels almost as natural to me as does the granite and limestone and marble I am comprised of. Strength flowed through me, and I caught Skarmory by the throat and tore off its wings, and I buried Stunky beneath a prison of iron from which it could never escape, and I broke Dodrio's legs that it could never escape. They cried out and pleaded and released more of their teams; but Wigglytuff fell, and so did Honchkrow, and then Linoone and Ledyba and Slurpuff and Whimsicott, before finally;

Energy depleted, my mantle fell, and I stood in front of them still with my true crown back in place.

They stood before me, trembling, yet defiant. So few remained; Farigiraf, Mightyena, Mareanie.

And I smiled as they drew together again, calling in cautious words for a plan as I stood there and watched so patiently..

Yes.

They had the will to survive what's coming.




The rock had experienced many things in its life. Hunger, fear, anger, desperation. It was no stranger to feeling outmatched; it and Mareanie had never once been scared to accept the challenge of those vastly more powerful than them, those older Pokemon looking for an amusing fight to pass the time or a story to pass on to their children.

It's been in many awful situations in its life.

It sat there and watched as the lights in the oceans died. It suffered hunger and sleeplessness for years, and suffers still from them when the storyteller does not force it to listen to its flagging body and care for itself. It had fought exclusively in the wild with all the ferocity of Pokemon born to open fields and oceans brought to bear against it; not once had it ever relied on shields or barriers or any Pokemon to protect them.

Many times, it had faced death before without flinching.

Yet this was the first time it understood what it was like to face a true monster.

I-

No. That isn't how this tale should be told. From the rock's perspective, I was not a person with my own volition and history; I was the fearsome monster of the dark depths of the earth, the creature that had torn it and its companions apart.

Let's see.

This creature was beyond it. It was beyond all of them. They had brought all they had to bear against it, and it had done nothing.

They had shorn limbs from its body, and it had simply drawn new limbs from the stone of the floor.

They had buried it deep within the earth under flame and earth, pouring all of their power into sealing it while they tried to run, and it had simply shifted the cavern itself so the seal existed elsewhere and it could melt through the stone to face them again.

They had eviscerated the creature, rendered it down to fine dust and small pebbles, and it had fallen on them from behind, stone peeling away from the walls to form its body again.

Inviolable. Impossible.

The storyteller and the monster had taken the chance to back off with wide eyes while the rock-thing seemed to be recovering, but the rock didn't join them. It wasn't fooled by the way it had stopped moving, nor by the way the strange energy and jagged, crystallized crowns over its head had dissipated into nothing.

It could feel it.

This was the creature's true form. This was it at its strongest.

It had not been fighting them before- not truly. It had come against them in its weakest forms. All the damage they had inflicted, all the desperate strategies they had inflicted- it had allowed them to do so.

And so, heedless of its companions, it took five steps forward, ignoring the panicked hisses behind it, and spoke.

You were testing us.

The creature- the Pokemon- did not reply with words that a human could understand. Its voice was the grating of stone as tectonic plates shifted; it was the sound of bubbling magma; it was the high and grating sound of crystal struck at just the wrong angle. It was a voice only a rock could understand.

A trial you and yours have passed. Your skills exceeded all mine expectations and met the wildest of hopes. Congratulations, o child of His.

The rock considered this answer, and then it spoke again;

What were you testing?

And the creature smiled a smile that could not be seen, for another quiet test had just been passed. It answered;

The conviction of ye and your companions.
Come, little pebble, and feast upon thine spoils.

The rock could hear its companions scrambling as the creature began to move again, and even Mareanie lifted its tentacle-arms through its fatigue, but the rock simply held out its hand and spoke to them;

No. The fight is over.

And it ignored all their shouts as it followed the creature into its once-sealed room, the door slamming closed behind it..

The room within was perhaps what some might imagine when they think of a cavern so deep underground, but it bore no resemblance to reality. It was a cavern, so massive that even this rock-Pokemon could stand to its full height and not scrape the ceiling with its arms held up, at least ten metres high.

But what struck the rock was not that; nor was it the magma pool in the corner, washing immense heat over the rock that somehow it could not feel; nor was it even the strange stone flower-like Pokemon floating around the room, emanating acid and poison so foul it caused even the rock to gag on it at a distance.

No- what struck it were the huge formation of crystals surrounding a single, small patch of greenery.

It looked at the sun's flames looking back at it through the reflective surface of the crystal- no; it looked at the sky- no; it looked at the depths of the oceans- no; it looked at the moon; no- it looked at the battlefield- no; it looked at the churning hive- no; it looked at the stars, millions and billions and trillions of planets teeming with dust and gas and life-

Darkness stole over its vision, and it took it a moment to realize that the monster had turned off the lights in the cavern.

Silence, then;

Mine apologies. It would behoove me to remember that the human mind can be fragile. Terapagos' blessing is not for thee. One moment, please.

There was no transition point; one instant, there was pure darkness, and the next the rock could see normally again.

The crystals were gone. Sunk back down into the rock below, most likely.

The creature plodded over to the greenery, then sat beside it. With fingers so careful- so much more tender than a creature that large and powerful should ever be able to be- it leaned over and plucked but a single flower from it.

It felt intrusive to notice how bare the greenery was now. Like once it had been a small field blooming with a thousand flowers, and now the number has fallen below a hundred.

The rock wonders, now; how many others have heard that story? How many people have come here to challenge this creature for the Herba Mystica- and how many have succeeded? Can they grow back?

The rock wonders, but it does not ask those questions. It just takes the flower, and instead asks a single question in turn;

Why?

The monster looks down at it, and time passes as it ponders how best to respond. The rock sits there with it patiently, ignoring the pangs of hunger in its stomach and the growing tiredness, until finally the creature answers;

Because this world we have crafted is a beautiful place, and I do not wish to see it lost to the ugliness your kind can bring forth. What is a single flower next to that?

And it answered again as the stone flowers in the room chorused forth;

Because you and yours have kind hearts, and you bleed openly and readily with them. This world is a cold and cruel place; but together, creatures such as you can make it warmer.

And a single stone flower swooped down and crooned on the rock's lap as the creature answered once more;

Because rot and poison have set into your society, and if it is left unchecked, your kind will grow like a malignant cancer until all has been choked out to make room for your people alone.

The rock thought about it. It didn't understand then; not really. But it understood a little of what the creature meant, and that was enough for it.

And thus, as it held a flower in one hand and a flower followed behind through its march back out the door, it heard one final answer;

Because there is nobody else in this land of yours willing so staunchly to set yourself against the tide that is to come.




Why did you not tell them of what was to come?

You forget yourself, little pebble.
I am a creature of this land. I can see all that sets foot upon my stones; I can see all that is carved from my body, which is all that is beneath you. But I cannot see the future, nor can I see the hearts of man.
But it is more than that.
I am not here to guide your fate. I am an archivist and a storyteller and a guardian. I am not the saviour setting forth to deliver this land from evil, nor am I the hero's mentor, here to impart the vital lessons one needs to save the day.
I offered one warning, and that is all that is within my power to do. The rest is up to you and yours to learn.

And so, it is left again to the young and the weary to deliver the world.

Things are as things are.
Be not so cynical. You have seen the forces arrayed against you; but you have also seen the slithering wyrm below the forest, the bird stalking the desert, your little song-bird.
It will not be easy, but that is life. As platitudes say; nothing that is easy is worthwhile.
Now. Let us return to the tale… though we are at the difficult part of it all now.




Quite understandably, the rock was met with many recriminations as it walked back out of the creature's unsealed lair, flower in hand and stone flower floating along behind it.

So; you survived.

A hole was bored in Stunky's prison- not through the steel, but instead through great chunks of the stone that had formed the floor of the prison. Acid-melted stone pooled through the hole, but it was nothing that could threaten the others.

The rock could manage only a nod. Indeed; and we have what we came for.

But that would not be enough.

How dare you! screamed Mareanie, its voice cracking with anger and fear and the vestige of loss. We are partners! You cannot leave me behind! And it sagged forward now that its anger was spent and the rock was confirmed to be alive once more.

The rock stepped towards it, reaching its hand out to its partner's unconscious body. To its loyal partner, it patted its shell, then moved to sit beside it that it could wrap it in a hug, heedless of the spikes pressing into its flesh.

I am sorry, it said quietly, almost in a whisper; but there are some things only I can do, as there are some things only you can do. Partners we may be, but equal in all things we never can be.

The monster stepped forward next. The rock had feared her anger, but what it received instead was worse; a desolate look on a tear-stained face, like she had finally found joy for a day only to have it stolen in an instant. She had only four words for the rock;

I thought you'd died.

The rock looked down, heaving in a silent sigh that left it feeling drained. Then it looked up, and offered her the gentlest smile it could.

Don't worry. I am afraid I will be imposing on you for some time yet.

And the expression it received was just a little less empty afterwards, which was enough to fill its heart with warmth for a year.

Finally, it was the storyteller's turn.

The storyteller looked at it once, then reached down to it so it could drag it to its feet. The rock staggered as it was forced to stand, but the storyteller did not give it time to recover; instead he stepped forwards to stare the rock in the eyes, and said;

I hope that was worth it; but should you ever do that to me again, I will bury you in this cave myself, and nobody will ever find the corpse.

Then he pressed his lips to the rock's, a kiss that would almost be pleasant had he not made sure to also bite the rock's lip hard enough to draw blood, and stepped away with a smile that lit his eyes with a dangerous light the rock could not look away from.

Well. Everyone had said their piece, and there was nothing more to be gained by lingering.




The next five years were, for the most part, beyond the remit of this story.

That is not to say that they did not matter. In so many ways, these were the most important years of the triad's lives. Each step they took here was a step that shaped the direction of a continent.

Yet, at the same time, they mattered little to the story of the rock, for it was also just a continuation of what had come before.

For the first month, while they crawled their way back to safety with the help of the friendly Pokemon of the desert and a fortunate encounter with a travelling trainer, and then an extended stay at the Pokemon Centre while their Pokemon recovered from the appalling injuries they had sustained, the rock turned over what the creature had said in its head.

Because rot and poison have set into your society.

It had a notebook full of scrawled stories tucked away in its notebook and a thousand more locked firmly in its head. Years now, it had spent on the mainland, learning about all the various afflictions the land was suffering. Every one of the four Pokemon now clipped to its belt were themselves cautionary tales; of the destruction of ecosystems and the death and starvation that follows, of greed and incaution causing catastrophic damage to land not even involved with the accident that precipitated the damage, of the way human societies eat at themselves and leave the downtrodden with no hope for the future, of the precious and irreplaceable nature of histories and how easily they can be lost.

And yet, despite having sat up for so many nights thinking of the problem, it had never before realized how big the scope of the problem was.

It spoke of this to the monster and the storyteller, and their answers surprised it.

The storyteller spoke calmly and rationally, its words expected yet vehement;

Rot sets in when a wound is left untreated, but given time it will permeate all of the body. We have each of us seen the extent of the damage this has done to the world, whether through stories or experience or personal suffering. The creature was correct.

The monster spoke calmer yet, yet its words carried with it the dangerous glimpse of the edge of a knife and the faintest smell of coppery blood;

So many turned their eyes when I was a child. It is easier to live in ignorance and accept the comforts that come with another's suffering than it is to take a stand against it.

The rock nodded, and accepted their words.

Then, it asked the most dangerous question that would be asked that year.

How would you like to help me commit a coup?




It could never be some small and easy thing to become a Champion.

Were it only a matter of strength, a thousand people and more in the world could hold the role in an afternoon. Were it only a matter of conviction, the number swells to ten thousand, a hundred thousand. Even were it only both, there are still hundreds in this world who possess both strength and conviction enough to claim dominion over a land.

There are so many things that are involved.

The first, of course, is opportunity.

Strength and conviction can never be enough if one has not the opportunity to act on them. A thousand things can hold someone back. A family and the need to care for them. An inability to act in polite society. A lack of currency with which to sustain oneself, or a lack of ability to find other means to sustain oneself.

The rock, of course, had made its own opportunity years ago without even realizing it. It had severed ties with its parents, had learned to find food and travel and supplies of it sown, had fostered its team without reliance on others. It was accidental, but it was opportune.

The second is friends.

Humans are social creatures by nature. Though some prefer more and some prefer less companionship, those who can truly influence society without need of others around them are truly, staggeringly rare- and these people so rarely correspond with the kinds of people who can bond well with Pokemon.

The rock, of course, had two friends now. Or, well; one friend, and one something more; but for these purposes, it was enough.

The final thing is something more ephemeral. It is the ability to do all those other things that are associated with being in charge. It is the ability to do paperwork; it is the ability to manage and delegate; it is the ability to understand all the systems that comprise a government and manipulate them to one's bidding.

This is where the rock was lacking.

And that was okay, because it had time to learn.

Their journey from this point took them seven years.

In the first year, the storyteller had found his conviction.

Previously, he had made it to the top four of your yearly contests; but now, he had friends and a purpose behind him. The drive he had once been lacking had once again been kindled, and his team responded so readily in kind.

Six months to the day from their pledge to commit a coup, Briar Watson made national news as he ascended to his new position amongst the Elite Four, ousting Elliot Stewart.

The land's governance invited a poisoned knife into their midst, and had no idea for it; for the storyteller was a man with a silver tongue and a hundred faces, and he could lie without ever telling a single untruth.

It would take a further two years from that point for the monster to rise similarly. It was not for a lack of talent, nor power; she was ever bit the storyteller's equal there. It was for a simpler, more embarrassing reason; she had never fought a Gym before, and she could not bring herself to face her sister for the first year.

She spent time, then, travelling with the rock and the storyteller once more. They each bought half-masks for their faces and participated in festivities amongst their people and revelled for the first time in having companions to whom they could open their hearts and receive only warmth and affection in return.

Two years from the making of their pact, the monster would return again to her sister's Gym, her heart filled this time with firm resolve and the warmth of tokens of her friends held against her chest.

There was not a single thing her sister could do to hold her down now. She had held on to too much of their past, stuck living in times of misery and depression despite her early escape.

Cora walked out, her eighth badge held in hand and her head held firmly high, while inside her sister crumpled to her knees and stared to the heavens above and wondered; how had it all gone so far astray from her vision?

But that, too, is a tale for another time.

It was agreed tacitly that the rock could not yet make its challenge then.

They had one chance at making their challenge; one chance to perform a bloodless coup. Should the rock be found wanting when it made its challenge, then surely the allegiances of the storyteller and the monster would be found. All its surprises would be gone, and the Champion could prepare for a year, and the chance would slip by them forever.

So.

For five years, it travelled the land again, this time with renewed purpose. It would not be enough to know who and what was causing this rot; it needed to understand why. For what purpose.

The monster and the storyteller accompanied it whenever they could. The irresponsible storyteller found more time than the prim and proper monster did, of course; he would steal away from what duties he was assigned to spend the nights with the rock whenever it found the chance. When challenged, he would simply reply; then stop me. And he would bless whoever had reprimanded him with a sharp smile, and that would be that.

But, for the most part, the rock travelled alone once again.

Well- not alone.

Never alone, really. Four companions at its side; five once it visited the greatest mountain of the mountain ranges of the east, that massive structure that held within its towering walls as many secrets as the entirety of the desert.

Zubat was only one of many Zubat in the mountain; but of all of them, it was the cleverest and the most secretive.

When companies attempted to bring in all of their great bits of mining equipment to drill holes through the mountains and create passages through for humans, it was this Zubat that snuck through in the dead of night and chewed through all their wires. When humans descended well below permissible depths to chase a Pokemon that had no interest in them, it was this Zubat that would fall upon them with frenzied shrieks and a barrage of disorienting attacks that would inevitably see those humans flee. When humans tried to carve roads around the mountains, it was Zubat that woke the Rhyperior that slept on the mountaintops and provoked it into causing a rockslide to dislodge them.

Truly, it was an awful Pokemon for all those who attempted to disturb the peace of the mountains. Could there ever have been a better fit for the rock?

But, for the most part, the rock simply did the same things that it had always done. It travelled the lands; it spoke to all the wild Pokemon that wandered them, and heard all their stories, for good and for ill; it fought all the Pokemon who wished to challenge it; and it spent all this time with its Pokemon, as reliant on them to survive out there as they were on it to save the country from all that ailed it.

It wouldn't be until the advent of the fifth year that our last notable event would happen.




A figure oft talked about amongst those of your kind who work with the land, but rarely discussed with those who don't wish to think about the effect their consumption has upon the world, is how much of this land is used for the purposes of industrialized farming.

Your land hosts a population that would be staggeringly large to your populace in history. More people live in a single city now than lived in this land for a hundred years prior to the arrival of yours from the sea, and there are many more than just one of your cities.

To support this many people, food must be grown.

Do not mistake this as ais a rant against the need for food production. Everyone must eat, human and Pokemon alike. This is simply a fact of life. People must eat, and more than that, they must have variety in their lives, for the sake of nutrition and sanity and alike.

But this is just context for what the rock knows. This story is about that, but it also is not.

More than farming, this is a story about Nidoqueen.




The rock has wondered sometimes; if one were to ask a random human off the street, how many Pokemon do they think live in the world?

A child might answer with eyes bright and full of wonder; there are a million Pokemon out there in the world! The child thinks that this number is so staggeringly enormous that surely the world must be vibrant and full of life.

The child is both correct and not.

An adult might answer with just a moment of thought; probably a few million? Ten million or so, maybe? They answer with a polite laugh, then think about it and correct themselves a few times; first upwards, then downwards as they feel self-conscious of potentially guessing far too high.

The adult is not at all correct.

A wise person might answer with; it does not matter. There are new Pokemon being discovered every year. There are so many Pokemon that one could never meet them all. Isn't the world such a beautiful and joyous place?

The wise person is both correct and not.

The best person to ask would not be a random human off the street, but instead a Pokemon Professor.

One might never get the chance to ask them, but if- by pure happenstance- one ever did manage to ask them, they would be given an answer more like this;

There are around nine hundred extant species of Pokemon found on this country's shores, with small populations of other Pokemon being found primarily as invasive species, brought here through poorly regulated international trade- oh, you mean how many total Pokemon are there in Laurum? I couldn't give you anything close to an exact estimate- but off the cuff, I would say somewhere between one and two billion.

The Professor is correct; though he is correct in the sense that he gave the correct answer, and only in that sense. The child, in this way, is actually more correct; for the answer is that the number doesn't really matter to most things. Only the vibrancy of life does.

But, for the purposes of context, the number matters a little.




Nidoqueen had once been a Nidoran, the same as all the others of her kind.

There were several Nidoran born in her clutch, and her clutch was only one of dozens that was born in the warm seasons around the flatlands near the rivers here. In that single season in that single little area of the country, over one hundred Nidoran were born to several dozen of their parents.

There was nothing special about Nidoran at that time. It was one of many.

But nearby, there lived a flock of Flying-type Pokemon atop a mountain.

Skarmory. Fearow. A single, solitary Corviknight, brought here by a human who had died years and years before Nidoran ever hatched.

They were fierce, and they were hungry, and they were far stronger than all the Nidoran born that year.

And nearby, in the forests, there lived a pack of voracious Pokemon. Houndoom. Mightyena. Mawile.

And on the banks of the river, there lived a family of Krookodile.

And; and; and.

On into infinity.

The picture is drawn.

In the face of the overpopulation of predators in the area, what choice did Nidoran have but to grow so strong and fierce that none would dare to dart after her siblings in chase of quick prey?

For, you see, her parents were kindly creatures; a Nidorina and a Nidorino who had lived here when things were peaceful, and who had had a good relationship with the Seaking in the river who has since died, and who had been protected by the Noctowl in the forests who has since moved to seek new territory. They were good parents, they were loving and kind and supportive, but-

They were not strong, and so Nidoran needed to be instead.

So, from the first month she was hatched, she fought.

Spearow who thought her easy prey would find themselves on the receiving end of her acidic horn. Persian who thought to leap on her brothers from the trees as they played would be met with kicks that cracked bones and sent them sprawling. A Hippowdon that thought to bother them away from a newly-established den in the river instead found itself choking on bile after a long-fought battle.

Oh, she fought and she fought. She fought so many battles that one day, her mother woke her up and took her for a walk to the top of a hill and asked her gently; daughter, do you know anything in this world but the fight?

Nidoran thought about it, and replied truthfully; so long as those outside threaten us, I can never know anything but the fight.

Nidorina was stricken by her answer, but it was the only answer Nidoran could ever have given; for if she didn't dedicate her life to this, who would? If she didn't spend her life to protect all the precious creatures of the flatlands who couldn't defend themselves, would anyone rise to the challenge?

And so, Nidoran's life became dedicated to violence.

Warm seasons turned to dry seasons turned to cold seasons turned to wet seasons and back to warm in an endless cycle. Nidoran kept count for the first ten, then gave up; it was useless information to her. She had her den, and she had her siblings, and so what did it matter how much time passed?

The scars on her skin accumulated, and she grew larger and larger. One day, as she fought that hateful Corviknight, she could no longer hold back the power rushing through her veins; white light tore through the environment, a light so bright it tore up the ground below her, and soon even her mother could no longer say anything to her, for she was a Nidorina that stood half again as tall as her mother and knew nothing but the taste of blood and sleepless nights as she paced around her parents' nest, watching vigilantly at the skies above.

This is the story of Nidoqueen's life. A life of power and violence that set her apart;

left her one day standing in front of the ground in front of the last of her brothers, a Nidorino who had clung to life more stubbornly than the rest that she wouldn't be left the last of her clutch, as finally he succumbed to the wasting disease of age after having lived a hundred years or more.

But she was not left alone, for Nidoqueen had taken on the mantle of the protector of the flatlands; she who stood before all those who would harm the vulnerable and sought to bring death and destruction to her home.

She was a creature of venom and battle. She was the apex predator of the region; the beast everyone knew, whose very presence caused the vile and the guilty to flee. She was the Alpha of the flatlands, the most powerful creature for a hundred kilometres in every direction.

And not a single jot of her power mattered when the Champion descended from the skies.

Against one of her Pokemon, Nidoqueen prevailed. Electrode, so rarely seen in the flatlands, fell to her might, its electrical storms unable to find purchase in the lands Nidoqueen had so patiently carved her fiefdom in, its vines and roots and leaves finding no purchase against her poisoned skin.

Against a second of her Pokemon, Nidoqueen prevailed; Goodra curled in on itself, firing blasts from its shell like thunder from the skies above, and the blasts drove her back with each step but could not stop her inevitable advance. Her hide split and blood poured from her wounds but she beat it.

And then the third Pokemon came out, and the fourth, all at once; and against Ferrothorn and Stunfisk she could do nothing but give ground and trust in her acids and poisons, and it was not enough.

And so; for the first time in at least forty seasons, Nidoqueen fell to a foe.

The price for her loss, unfortunately, was steep.

When Nidoqueen awoke, she was not on the flatlands any more. None of them were.

Relocation, the humans called it. Rehabilitation. Moving dangerous Pokemon away from inhabited areas and in so doing preserving the peace.

Inhabited areas. Ha.

Nidoqueen did not understand much, but she understood what was happening here. It had happened before, when Kilowattrel moved into the mountains and drove away the Corviknight, when Golduck moved into the river and Krookodile was forced to leave, when the den of Seviper appeared in the forests and everyone fled.

Relocation from inhabited areas? A cruel joke.

She understands, of course, the human's need for food. All people need to eat to sate the hunger in their stomachs. And she understood there were a great many humans.

But no. This could not stand.

So; she fought. For the sake of all the small Pokemon who had relied on her, she fought. For the sake of all the Pokemon who resented her for her loss, she fought. For the sake of all those who lived now near the humans and their 'farmlands', whose territories the humans would soon eye off for its nutritious soil- she fought.

She fought, and she fought, and she fought.

She fought a great many humans. Sometimes, she would make progress; she would drive the humans away from the path before her for long enough that she could travel back towards the farmlands. Sometimes, she would go even further; the humans would return and she would drive them off again, and she would ford the great river and turn her eyes northward and set her march.

But eventually, inevitably, she would fall again.

Sometimes, it was to the human's Champion again. Other times, it was to her loyal minion, the creature who smelled of fresh-turned dirt and the coming winter storm. Yet more times, it was to the annoying humans who talked to her with calming words and devices that hummed lullabies and threatened to sooth her incandescent rage.

For years and years, she fought, a ceaseless and unstoppable machine.

And then, finally;

One day, someone different fought her.

It was two humans, this time- though unlike the Champion and her loyal minion, they did not both fight her. He would fight her with just one Pokemon at a time; sometimes a Mareanie, sometimes a Slowking or a Stunky, sometimes a strange stone flower that spoke a language she could not understand.

The Mareanie called out to her;

Ho! Nidoqueen, whose power pulses through her veins, whose poison bores holes through the mountains! Stay your hand and listen!

And she would beat it to a pulp.

The Slowking called out to her;

Ah… Another who wishes to stand against our trainer… beware, then; for we shall stand against you with all we have to bring to bear.

And she would beat it to a pulp.

The Stunky called out to her;

Beware, beware, o Nidoqueen, daughter of the stars and sands. This land is yours no longer. We stand united in our cause; put away your rage and your despair and stand with us!

And she would beat it to a pulp, but by now she was tired and she was drained;

So when the stone flower was released, she fought, but it was with tired limbs and lethargy flowing through her, and it was no surprise to anyone when eventually she fell, her limbs flagging and her attention able to fall on nothing but the stone flower, who looked towards its trainer; and from there, her attention could only fall on the two humans.

One stood there, a half-mask covering its face and a cloak mantled over its shoulders. It cut an intimidating figure, enough that most humans would think twice about approaching it, she thought.

The other stood there, dressed in clothes of fine silk and with more fancy bits of metal than Nidoqueen has seen in a Corvisquire's nest.

The intimidating one said to the fancy one; you see now the extent of what you have done. The lives you have pushed out.

The fancy one said with an ashen face; I did not intend for this. I just wanted to provide food. We cannot rely on imports forever.

The intimidating one shook its head. All actions have a cost, Eric. This, you must understand. We spread out so thoughtlessly and so carelessly, and in so doing a million and more have been displaced. The flatlands will never be the same.

Nidoqueen growled at that. She could not bring herself to stand on her feet again; but her anger demanded a release, and a growl was the best she could do.

The fancy one looked at her again with a stricken expression, and he said; Yes. I see that now. Maybe- maybe there could have been another way. Maybe.

The intimidating one considered the other for a moment, then held out a hand. They clasped each other's hands for reasons that Nidoqueen could not understand.

Then let us work together, the intimidating one said, clear and strong. Let us find a way forward together, that humans and Pokemon can live harmoniously in this land without this kind of displacement.

And the human turned towards Nidoqueen then, having known all along that she was listening, and it held its hand out to her.

And for you, Nidoqueen- I do not expect you to understand me so easily. But if you return here when the sun is highest in the sky tomorrow, we will fight you again; and maybe eventually, we can understand each other's hearts and work together too to build a better future for all those sent here with you.

Nidoqueen snarled. The pity! The temerity of this human! She stamped her foot, and she finally climbed to her feet with a look of disgust, and then she turned and left without a look back.

But she thought on those words; to build a better future for all those sent here with you.

And on the next day, she returned.




I've heard this story before. Or- no; but I've heard this story told in interviews before. This wasn't long before the challenge was made, was it?

Indeed.
You are a smart creature. You know the shape of these stories. I could tell you the story of how Nidoqueen challenged the rock every day for seven days, and thought on its words for seven nights, before they made a vow in blood to aim their poison at the Champion and all those who carried out her destructive will.
But that is not why you called me here. You are not here for the stories of Nidoqueen and Zubat and Mightyena and Farigiraf. You wanted to know the story of the rock.

… Yes. I am sorry.

Do not worry. I understand.

But still. If I could listen to every one of the stories you carry with you in your heart, I would.

I know.
My thanks, little pebble.
But let us cast aside these sentimental words. We are hurtling now towards the conclusion. It would not do to be distracted at the finish line.




Despite it all, the rock could not simply walk up to the Champion and challenge her. It would be an illegitimate contest, a battle on false grounds. Even if it were to win, the Champion would simply cast the loss aside and claim it born of falsehoods; my Pokemon were injured, their Pokemon carried with them illegal modifications to give them temporary advantages, and the like.

But even if it were not for that, the rock would not simply challenge her on its own. It is not that kind of creature.

On some fundamental level, the rock understood that the world has a logic of its own. It would not claim for itself the title of hero, but the point stood regardless; the hero cannot simply confront the great evil at once. The lesser evils must be confronted first, then the evil's lieutenants; and only then can the evil itself be faced and slain.

Storybook logic for a fairy tale, as it were.

As such; we move on to the climactic chapter. And where else to start but at the beginning of the end?

So we set the scene;

It was a cold winter morning when the rock first stepped to centre stage.

The monster rapped on the door in the early morning- then regretted it quickly when the storyteller answered the door clad in nothing but his undergarments. She kept her gaze trained on his face and studiously ignored that she could see the rock clad in even less on the bed behind him, and said;

The first challenge is today. We must make sure everything is ready.

The smarmy smile fell from the storyteller's face, and from behind a quiet sigh emanated from the rock. A pause; then a flurry of activity.

Presentation was important in a challenge such as this. It would not do to walk in with tousled hair and stained shirts and bags below one's eyes. If one was to emerge from the shadows and challenge the leader directly, one must present an impeccable image, such that when its face would inevitably be cast to all to see, they would see exactly the image they wished to portray.

And so, they dressed it in all the strange finery and subtle makeup they needed to cast the image in stone.

The rock could not present itself as beautiful, nor could it cast itself as an aspirational figure. Its features were too rugged, its cheeks a little too gaunt, the stubble on its face a little too rough. They had settled instead a long time ago on instead making it seem just a little scary.

So;

They pressed a half-mask to its face coloured deep violet and scarlet red, matching Nidoqueen's hide, the colours of poison and all the blood spilled around it. From within, its intense eyes burn out at the audience, framed subtly by dark stubble over its cheeks.

They wrap a cloak around its shoulders, matching the fine velveted clothes. The clothing is not suited for the weather, but that is not the point. They tie its hair back into a neat ponytail, lilac hair spilled against the red-and-gold of its clothing in a pleasing color combination.

And finally; to complete the regal look, the storyteller turns to the rock with a wicked smile, and places atop its head a crown of gold.

So clad in its armour of war, the rock set out on the first step of the boy-hero's journey.




The journey of the boy-hero is a story the storyteller was very familiar with.

There were a great many secrets to it that the storyteller knows it was not supposed to share. However, there is much about the story that is openly known, and so of that we can speak and draw together the line that was the rock's journey.

It goes something like this;

A long time ago, a boy-hero was born amidst the azur waves of the easten coast.

He was not born a special child. His parents were simple nomads, travelling with their nation as was their wont. They followed the herds of Pokemon through the wilderness and planted behind them simple crops of yams and root vegetables and subsisted as much on the fish in the rivers as the plants and berries they scavenged.

But the boy-hero was born at a poor time; for you see, all the nations of the land had fractured, and bad blood had brewed amongst them. Yet the boy-hero dreamed, and in his dreams he saw what was to come in the future; death and destruction and desolation, the end of all that he knew and all that he could hope to know.

So he went to the elder of his tribe, and he spoke to the elder of his visions. But his elder was not so easily convinced. I have seen nothing of these omens you speak of, young boy. Return to your mother.

But the boy would not be dissuaded. He went to the elder again the next day, and again the day after, and so on, until eventually the elder decided;

Very well. If you believe your wisdom to be greater than mine, then let us test it; heart against heart, Pokemon against Pokemon.

In this time, you see, Pokeballs had not yet been invented. The boy-hero had bonded with one Pokemon, and only one; and he was to match the strength of his partner Spinarak against the elder's Natu.

It was a poor match-up; and yet the boy-hero knew that his dreams were true, and so there, amidst the azure waves, he matched his Spinarak against the chieftain's Natu and bound it with threads so tightly it could not escape and cast it to the bottom of the sea. And he said; Elder. Please listen to me; for I have seen the doom that is coming, and we must all work together if we are to stop it.

Having seen the strength of his conviction, the elder agreed, and sent him off to speak with his estranged cousin down on the emerald plains.

The boy-hero's journey tracked across much of the land. From the emerald plains, he went south to meet with the chieftain who had led against them his great fiery Tauros in skirmishes against them. From the southernmost point of the continent, he went to the twin peaks split through the mountain ranges, where he talked to a nation divided by death. From the twin peaks, he went to the great crater in the desert, where a nation had come to die. From the great crater, he traveled north and south to meet the two twins who had determined they must exist as far apart from each other as they could. And then, he travelled to the last place; the western nesting grounds of the greatest of dragons, where the most prideful of them all lived.

And then, from there, he travelled atop the back of the greatest Salamence in all the land, and all eight nations spilled forth in his wake, whereupon they would face the four great beasts with the aid of the one who had slept in the desert, and from there stand against their doom.




This story, of course, is not that story. It does, however, share its shape.

Things follow the shape of things that came before. Eight sites in the nation were the sites on which nations settled; and then settlers came in and blood spilled across the stones and all that history was lost, but attempts have been made to rectify this and now those eight sites have been codified in the deepest bones of the League that purports to right the injustices of the world.

These sites are, of course, the great Gyms of Laurum. Eight great challenges, who hold amongst them some of the most skilled trainers of all of the continent.

The rock beat them all in two months.

It was partly out of practicality, you understand. The rock could not afford to give the Champion any more time than they must to prepare for its coming. She would not turn their way for the first win, or the second; but by the seventh or the eighth, she would certainly take note of its rise and make her preparations.

Thus, urgency.

One week for every Gym. Challenge; rest; travel; repeat. They went down in storybook order; and as the story went, so too did the challenges, with the rock proving victorious over each without fail and claiming with it their badges, until on the very last day before the greatest challenge would open, it claimed the last one and met its qualification.

That greatest challenge was a tournament over two months. Those strongest challengers pulled together, standing in turn with each other and then against each other as they fought to see who could earn the right to face the Champion's lieutenants and maybe- eventually- challenge the Champion herself.

Four months, all in all, is what they think the Champion had to prepare to face it.

The tournament itself was not trivial, but nor did the rock ever truly risk defeat. There were a great many skilled fighters in the tournament, but the rock had dedicated every bit of its life to this for a decade. It had broken itself and reforged itself, split itself apart and carved new veins into itself. It coughed blood and struggled to hold spoons in the morning on its worst days and it was thankful for it for these were the marks of the Pokemon it held dear.

So no. The tournament itself proved unable to stop it either.

Then, there was the Elite Four.

It challenges them in a specific order too.

First came the eldest of them all. She was strong and she was proud and she was noble; but above all of that, she was loyal to the throne of the Champion and to the ideals the League espoused. She was a creature of unbending steel, a sword wielded against all who would oppose that vision for the world, and when she cut the world bled poison.

And so the rock matched it; poison against poison, stone against steel. The rock was feeble, brittle- it had carved so much of itself open that it slid apart as the steel was set against it; but its poison was acid and choking smog and bitter, burning blood. The eldest of the Elite Four wielded a sword of the purest steel and spat smog into the air that could choke all life, but with every cut she made the rock ate away more at her, and eventually;

The sword shattered first, and the rock limped away.

A costly victory. It took two weeks for its team to recover in full.

But then; it still had secrets up its sleeve.

Second came the youngest of them all; the fanatical defender, the Champion's most loyal lieutenant, so new to his rank. He was a young firebrand; so dedicated to the progress and the better future she called for that he walked away from all he had loved to stand beside a woman who could never give him half of what he had lost to support her. He was a creature of the frozen plains and tundras; a creature that should not exist in this heat-blasted continent, yet made of himself a beast regardless.

He was powerful despite his youth. Were the rock most anyone else, it would have struggled mightily against him. Given time- seven years, perhaps- he could have matched the Champion in power in his own right.

But he had no ideals of his own. On his own, he was but a pale reflection of the Champion's light. He was a creature born of a land that did not exist on this continent.

And what is the rock but a creature of this land, so determined to prevent its annihilation?

So; as stated.

Were the rock most anyone else, it would have struggled mightily against him. But it did not.

Three days of recovery was all this one needed.

Third came the monster.

The monster did not hold back. She was a creature of the starless skies, the inky black of space unpierced by the stars above. She was the call of the void incarnate; the incoherent roar that speaks of your incoming death. She was, more than all of that, the rock's closest friend, and so both of them knew that to do anything but put every part of themselves into this fight would do their friendship a disservice.

Well;

Every part of themselves but one.

It was a good enough show that the public would not believe claims that she had held back to allow it to strike at the Champion, anyway.

And then finally came the storyteller; and really, he had never stood a chance.

The rock is everything he is weak against. It is the firm truth that there are those in the world who can love him for what he is. It is the anchor that holds it from being swept away by the tides of despair. It is, in the most saccharine way, the one story that he is able to give back to the world in exchange for all he has taken from it; a little love story cast out into the world to make it that little bit brighter.

There was no question here. In no part of the equation did the storyteller ever have a chance at stopping the rock. Even if theirs was a mutual hatred and not a love, still would he have fallen easily; for fundamentally, the storyteller is just a storyteller, and the rock is someone who tore the pen from the author's hand and wrote the course of his own story.

And so;

One week after, when its Pokemon had recovered, it held its head high and walked into the throneroom to confront the evil at the heart of it all;

And it walked into the room, and all it saw was a woman a decade older than him, her face lined with stress and tiredness and a deep determination to stop him. She looked at him, and she said;

So. You've really made it this far. Which of them have sent you?

The rock tilted its head, and it spoke its confusion;

The land itself has sent me; for you have spit poison into its veins and choked its lungs and squeezed its heart, and it will never again be healthy so long as you remain in charge.

She blinked, and it blinked, and they both realized:

They had come from different stories entirely, and only now did they realize they were missing something.

And yet; still they stood in opposition.

So they knew, both of them, that there was no use in speaking more. Neither could find the answer they wanted in the other's words, for neither even knew the question the other was asking. All they could do was set their unknown ideals against each other and see who would emerge triumphant.

And so; two Champions clashed, and the world trembled.




Even to me, the details of this battle are unclear.

My dominion and my demesne is the stone that lies beneath the soil of this continent. I am not a creature of poison or steel; though I can borrow my sister's mantle for a time with the blessing of my dear departed friend, I cannot speak through of it.

What I do know is the shape of the battle.

The rock, as ever, sends first the flower of stone that departed that day from my caverns with it. This is enough to give even the Champion pause as she wonders; where did you catch that? What even is that Pokemon? And even her Pokedex can return only an unknown figure that would only be filled in once the rock had scended the throne.

The flower of stone, you see, carries within it the worst poison of all; regret. They are manifestations of a billion billion creature's regrets and unfulfilled desires. As Terapagos once brought with it the stories of distant stars, so it also brought with it all the stories cut short before their time, so determined were they to leave nothing forgotten.

The Champion had prepared herself for Nidoqueen's dominion over the land below. She had prepared herself for the gestalt that is Slowking and its poisons that can strip the armour from an Aggron. She had prepared herself for the impenetrable wall that was Mareanie.

She had not prepared herself for Glimmora. She could never have prepared herself for Glimmora. She had not yet experienced that loss and regret that could armour oneself against it.

So; she struck out, and Glimmora cried out, and a thousand tiny shards of virulent poison and regret spread across the field, and she was doomed in that instant, though she did not know it yet.

For you see; she had prepared herself a shield of the purest steel. An Aegislash, to match that of the sword wielded by her lieutenant- or perhaps, the shield that inspired the sword that followed. She led with Meganium, and prepared a field of barriers and defences and leeching seeds that wrapped themselves around Glimmora and drained its energy, and she recalled Meganium and sent out Aegislash, and that was when the rock knew;

She didn't understand.

She didn't understand at all.

She was treating this story like a battle.

Aegislash appeared, a shield of polished and impenetrable steel, and it held itself up like the kinds of eld once held it;

and then it was struck at once by the memories of the creatures that had tended to it as a child. It remembered the Magmortar who had taken it in and shown it how to temper the steel of its blade such as to allow it to cut steel; and it remembered the Gengar who had fought it every day for a year until it grew so frustrated it manifested claws of shadow and understood finally the violence that underlay itself; and it remembered the Doublade it had once been so fond of.

Aegislash screamed, and it screamed, and it screamed, and its trainer could not hear it; but she could see the pockmarks that peppered its shield as Glimmora's regrets ate away at it, and she could see it flagging already as the poison coursed through its soul, and she panicked, and she sent out Lurantis-

And, and, and.




You know how the story went from here. You know of her attempted recovery as Ferrothorn took the field; and you know of the triumphant revenge of Nidoqueen as she emerged forth and took him in hand and cracked it like an egg; and you know of the surprise reveal of Gholdengo; and you know of Mareanie's stand against its rampage, and how Mareanie finally stopped holding back after a decade and more of knowing the rock and allowed evolution to overtake it so its impenetrable barrier could stand even against that awful ghost.

That is not the point. This is the point, little pebble. This is the thrust of the story.

The Champion did not lose because she was weak. She did not lose because she did not have faith in her Pokemon. She did not lose because she was a poor trainer.

She lost because she did not understand. Her mind was closed to the possibility that people would not approach her as she expected them to approach her. This is not a matter of battle strategy; it is not a matter of strength; it is not a matter of politics or approach.

The rock stands now because it opened its heart to the land and it listened to all the manifold stories that sung forth to it, and the Champion fell because she closed her heart to all but her own vision for the world and sought to control everything.

This is it. The tale draws to an end. The curtains are closing.

We turn now back to you, little pebble.

I return now to my slumber. Speak again with me only when you have recovered in full.




I understand.

Thank you, o he who stood alone against his kin for us.




Wyatt wakes to blood and pain.

Shouts echo through his tent as he gasps for breath, arms flailing. He can't register what the words are saying for a good minute, the sound of his heart pounding in his ears drowning everything else out. He flails around, his arms hitting something- something long and stringy- the IV stand! He tries to draw his arm back, but it doesn't listen-

Something hard pushes down on his chest, forcing him back down on his back, and Citrine comes into focus above him.

"Calm down!" she says loudly again. "Wyatt! You're fine. Deep breaths. Come on. In, out. In, out."

He matches her, sucking air in as deeply as he can through his mouth, then exhaling it through his nose- though the action draws another spluttering cough as blood bubbles forth, resulting in another minor panic attack that Citrine has to force him down from. She keeps up the soothing words, though, and just a few minutes later he's finally calm enough that he can sit up properly, a tissue held below his nose to stem the tide of blood.

This is the worst his head has ever ached, and he's had some shocking headaches in the past.

Citrine doesn't say anything for a few minutes as he collects himself. He gives the worst of the pain and nausea a minute or so to subside, then leans over to the side of the bed- carefully- and takes the glass cup he'd left for himself for just this kind of occasion.

Four painkillers, thick as the first two digits of his fingers, and two anti-nausea tablets.

Give them an hour to work and that might blunt the edge off of this one.

Finally, his breathing's somewhat back to normal- as normal as it can be when his nosebleed is showing no sign of stopping, anyway- and he's able to focus his eyes mostly normally, only wincing a little whenever something brightens up too fast.

He's probably not going to get any better than this for a while anyway.

"How long was I out?"

His voice is raspy, like he's run his vocal chords through a pit of sand and then run it through a tumble dryer just for good measure. Still, Citrine can understand him; she's always been good at that. She steps forward again, this time moving to the end of his bed so he can see her easily without turning his head, and talks with her head held high and her hands stiff behind her back.

"Forty-two minutes," she replies. Most people wouldn't pick up on the tension in her voice, but he can. "Your longest session yet. Did you get an answer?"

He has to think about it for a moment. "Yeah," he manages to force out. "He's not one of them. Good heart in there. Think-"

But that's too much for his throat. His mouth closes against the next words, and then he has to throw himself to the side of the bed, and the flash of pain that causes is just enough to make the act of throwing up into the bucket beside his bed just that much more miserable.

Citrine's already there, rubbing his back with a pained look on her face.

She doesn't comment, though. They've already had this argument. She knows he's not going to stop.

He waits a few moments longer, in case it's just temporary relief, then rolls himself back and lets himself slump back against the mattress. His eyes close involuntarily, and he can't seem to manage to get them to open back up again, but that's fine. He's not sleepy; he just can't handle that much sensory input right now.

The silence between the two of them isn't comfortable, exactly, but it's not uncomfortable either. He knows that she's having to restrain herself from running her hands through his hair or trying to wrap him up in a hug and make him stop doing this to himself. He'd hate it if she actually did it, but he appreciates the impulse.

The painkillers don't actually take a full hour to kick in, but it's long enough that he actually is starting to feel a little sleepy when the pain finally lifts enough for him to want to talk again.

"How's-" His voice is still raspy. He has to lean over and take another drink- small mouthfuls, swallowed with a breath between each- before he can continue talking. "How's everything going out there?"

She gives him one of her half-smile, half-grimaces. "Jade's keeping them all focused," she says quietly; then, with a hint more good humour, "Apparently some of them decided to make a uniform. She's been chasing them all down trying to make them burn it before someone sees it."

He laughs at that- not a quiet chuckle, but a full-throated delighted laugh that almost turns into another coughing fit before he fights it down. "Really?" he says delightedly. "Please tell me they have better fashion sense than Team Flare did, at least."

She smiles at him in turn, caught up in his own delight as always. "Not really," she says, so seriously he almost actually believes she's taking the topic seriously, except the glint in her eyes gives her away. "I almost think we should send them off to get lessons in costume design; they simply cannot match colours for the life of them."

He laughs again, though it's more subdued this time. "Well," he says with a silly smile, "I suppose they're only matching me, after all. Costume design as good as my own naming scheme."

She rolls her eyes. "Team Break is a far better name than you give it credit for," she scoffs. "And truly, they really don't know how to make a uniform at all. They tried matching yellows, purples and bright greens, for goodness sake."

Wyatt tries to imagine that, but he really can't. "That might actually be good," he protests, mostly for the sake of arguing the grunts' perspective. "Hey! Maybe go get me one of the uniforms- then we can see!"

She shakes her head fondly at him. "None of them would fit you anyway," she says simply.

And that's true. He's far too small and frail to fit in any clothing that would fit any of the others. Even the smaller girls around tend to find their clothes hang too big on him.

But still; he pouts at her before moving back on to more serious topics.

"How's Malachite doing, anyway?" he asks.

The smile slides off her face at that. A complicated expression flits over her face; jealousy, anger, contentment, uncertainty. "Fine enough," she says curtly. "He contacted Jade just after you went under. He's in, and they bit the hook."

Well.

He runs his hands down his face and lets out a relieved sigh.

That's one situation that's still going right, at least.

Finally, he forces himself up off the bed. Citrine hurries over beside him, her hands hovering nervously behind her back, but he's not quite so fragile as to need her help just to stand just yet.

He can't go out there just yet. They need to see him more put together than this. They need to be able to look to him and believe that he knows the path they're all looking for.

Citrine's hand settles on his back, and despite himself, he can't help but be a little relieved. He probably wasn't going to topple over, but.

Well.

His legs still shake as he takes a step towards the bathroom.

His mind is already spinning, thinking of all the things that they're going to need to do around Halley over the next couple of weeks. There's so many points where things could go wrong there, and he has so little idea about it all still.

But he's done all he can. He won't survive another dive into a Pokemon's mind tonight- Citrine would kill him if he even tried. Gardevoir will have to wait, content in her Pokeball for now.

He steps into the bathroom, Citrine's hand leaving his back as he moves slowly towards the cabinet and the shower beside it;

And the door closes behind him, this part of the story over for now.

And on the bed, the little rock doll that Wyatt had clutched through his vision shakes, just a little.

There are seven dots on its face, arranged in a pattern like a H.

And for just a moment, the middle one opens;

then it closes again, and with it closes this iteration of the story.
 
3.4- Headaches
Peter Knowles is one of the most statistically average children you have ever seen a report on.

Not that there's much information on him at all, of course. About as much as you'd found in the League's incidental file on Adam, but you don't feel the need to dig any further into this one; his file is perfunctory, but it's got enough in there for you to work with.

Completely average grades in school; slightly higher grades than usual in maths, but subpar grades in language skills and communication. Demonstrated competence in a handful of trial battles in voluntary Trainer School classes on weekends; his file claims he was able to get the class's Bellsprout and Diglett to listen to him, and successfully won two of the three trial battles he participated in, only losing once to an examiner due to unfamiliarity with how Diglett fought.

That lines up well enough with what you'd seen from his performance as he'd made his way through your Gym.

Peter and his Dwebble- registered on file as nicknamed Lithos; caught in Split Peaks, registered at negligible combat strength, caught in a Net Ball- had proceeded through the first trial well enough. You'd opted to do a combat-focused trial first, because if he failed there, the whole gym battle would be a waste of time, but he'd done… acceptably.

More than acceptably, really. Peter was the only first-badge challenger today, so the only challenger Adam had been able to use his Sandygast to fight, and Peter had performed admirably, keeping the slow-moving Pokemon at bay and harassing it with Rock Blasts.

The second trial had gone about as well as expected as well. That one, you'd had Vera and Hawthorne make into a navigational challenge; put out the lights, have a Walrein and an Avalugg make heavy noises as though stalking around the room hunting the boy and his Dwebble, and see how well he can navigate without sight.

It'd taken quite a bit longer than you'd liked- thirteen full minutes to get out, you'd have penalized the kid pretty heavily for that during the final battle- but he'd made it out.

Then Gengar had made one of the very few skeletons in the final hallway move, and here you are, trying your best to console a crying child.

You've moved him to the break room by now, obviously. He's mostly stopped actually crying, and is now just occasionally sniffling and alternating between hanging his head and shooting the Pokeball sitting in front of him guilty looks, which you can't help but feel thankful for- you are not the best at consoling children at the best of times, let alone after such a long day.

It's just you, Peter and Adam in here- the latter sitting at the far end of the table and studiously ignoring the former. Peter's only acknowledged him once, when he shot your employee a nervous look and sidled away from him a bit more. Mostly, they're just ignoring each other while Adam focuses on the homework in front of him.

Clink, clink, clink. You finish stirring the last of the three mugs. Coffee for you, hot chocolate for each of the two boys. You hold one of the hot chocolates carefully in one hand, passing it to Peter, then place the others less decorously on the table. Adam's slides in place next to him, which he barely acknowledges, and you grab yours as you move to sit opposite to Peter.

Honestly, you're not sure how to approach this.

You've kind-of prepared yourself for a lot of reactions to your Gym. Anger or frustration or depression when facing a loss, certainly; jubilation or condescension when they figure out the trick and manage to retrieve their Badge. Caution or overconfidence in the prior rooms. Excitement at the thought of getting to fight Gym Pokemon.

Lots of reactions.

You haven't prepared yourself for a child having an anxious breakdown in your halls, though. That one's a bit out of your wheelhouse.

So rather than saying anything at first, you wait for him to take a sip of the hot chocolate he's cradling in two hands before you speak.

"Feeling a bit better?" You try your best to inject as much warmth as you can into your voice. By the way he flinches back, you're not very successful. Damn. "I always find a warm drink helps settle me down whenever I'm upset."

"I-" His voice is unsteady, and cuts off after just the one syllable. He places the drink back down on the table, then reaches immediately for the Pokeball just sitting there, cradling it in both hands. "Dunno," he mutters then, looking down at it as though to avoid looking at you.

You hum, drumming your fingers on the table. You haven't actually touched your coffee; you're not going to drink it, as you're probably going to be crashing for a couple of hours as soon as you get back to your house. It's just there because it felt awkward to make a hot chocolate for the two younger boys and not make something for yourself as well.

"If you need some more time, we can just sit here for however long you need," you say in an attempt to be reassuring. "I think we have some books somewhere around if you need a distraction, too." They're only children's picture books you'd bought on the off-chance you ever have someone weeded out by Juliet or Adam and get a bit of downtime you can use to spend time with Arctibax, but you'll do whatever you need to do to calm Peter down, dignity be damned.

He shakes his head slowly, though, then takes another sip of his drink as though to buy himself another moment to think. "No, that's… I'm fine." He shakes his head again, this time a little more confidently, but his face is pale when he turns up to look at you. "Am I in trouble?"

You'd expected that. "Not at all," you reply calmly. His shoulders relax a little at that, so you feel safe to continue on. "If you wouldn't mind, though, I'd like to ask what caused you to have such a bad reaction?"

Peter looks at you, and you can catch Adam giving you an incredulous glance as well. You have to refrain from rolling your eyes.

Obviously, you know that he was probably either anxious or terrified. You're not oblivious enough to miss that. You do need to know which of those things it was, though. It's important to actually get confirmation from him before you write it up into your report and send it off to Roland.

And, of course, there's always the chance that it was something worse. Abusive parents putting too much pressure on him, for instance. You don't really know how to angle the conversation towards that without getting something out of the kid, though.

The kid just shrugs minutely, though. "I was just… scared, I guess," he says eventually, and his shoulders slump at the admittance. "Sorry, buddy." That one, you think, was addressed down to his Pokeball.

You nod, again attempting to be as reassuring as you can. "That's understandable," you reply. "I'll be making changes in future to… try and stop people getting scared." You have to cut yourself off mid-sentence there; you'd been about to start talking about the conversations you're going to have to have with the Gengar in the Gym, which definitely isn't an appropriate conversational topic to have with a child. "But…"

The resulting conversation is more than a little awkward. It's difficult for you to try and talk your way around the question without just outright asking the kid whether his situation at home is alright.

Arceus above, you mildly regret accepting the job right now. Life was easier when you only had to talk to Froslass each day.




Peter's mother is waiting for him outside of the Gym. You'd had to send her a message over her phone about the incident- it's one of your duty of care obligations for preteens tackling your Gym- so you're unsurprised to find her waiting outside anxiously, tapping her foot and watching the door nervously. Practically as soon as it hisses open, she's already moving over to wrap her son in a hug so tight you can practically see his spine creaking.

It's awkward. You hand back as far as you can without seeming like you're trying to deflect attention away from yourself and just wait until she's finished checking her son over.

The resulting conversation is just as uncomfortable. She's talking like she doesn't blame you for making her son break down into a panic attack, but you can tell she does. Your words come out wooden and stilted in turn- yes, we're working on addressing the circumstances that caused this. No, we can't just give him the Gym Badge for his troubles. Yes, we'll re-book him as soon as we can. No, he won't have to fill out his paperwork again. Yes, there's still a chance he might fail his next challenge; but you'll make certain that it won't be because of this incident. Yes, she can attend his next challenge with him for support if he wants, but you will be monitoring the challenge over the cameras; any advice given to him during the challenge itself will be taken as cheating and result in summary failure.

Yes, yes, no, yes, no, no, yes. You feel like you're back in that interrogation room, being grilled by the police.

The tension's still there even when the conversation's over and she's left with Peter, the two of them murmuring to each other in voices low enough you couldn't strain your ears to hear if you tried- which of course you didn't, you have no desire to know what they're saying about you.

This is going to result in so much more work for you, you can already tell. There's probably going to be a dozen angry posts on local community boards by the morning, and you still have no real idea what to do about this.

You let out a sigh. Maybe you should just head home and-

"... Morgan?" A hesitant voice breaks through your cloud of thoughts, and you turn your head around to look at the speaker.

Adam. He hasn't gone home yet. You tilt your head questioningly at him.

He looks uncomfortable, running his hand over the opposing arm like he's trying to rub warmth into it, but he doesn't let his discomfort stop him from speaking. "I was hoping- uh. Sorry, I don't want to bother you on your first day, but, uh, I need some help." He must see you tense up even further at that, because he hurries to add; "It's nothing serious like that, don't worry. Just, uh." He grimaces, then looks awkwardly around, before just blurting it out;

"I was hoping you could give me a hand, uh, going shopping." You stare at him, and his words tumble out even faster. "I don't mean to bother you, really! Just, normally Harry or Jackson help me out, since they both own their own cart, but they've gone out of town for the week on some kind of job. And, uh." He shifts around, then looks up at you somewhat defiantly. "My dad ain't gonna help out any time soon, and I can't carry all the groceries home by myself."

You do have to consider it for a moment. You had planned on just going home and getting a couple of hours of sleep before dusk was over and your body forced you awake again.

Then you look him over. He's fairly tall for a twelve-year-old, and he's surprisingly muscular, but, well. He's twelve. That really isn't saying much.

And he has- six siblings? Seven? You can't quite remember; it was a month ago that you looked his dossier over by now.

You very deliberately don't let out a put-upon sigh, and instead just offer him a neutral nod. "Sure," you reply casually. "I can help you out today. You got your shopping list?"

Tension melts off of him, and in your head, you congratulate yourself for finally not messing up a conversation today.

It's an awkward position to be in. You're not really in much of a position to adult the kid, not actually being related to him- you're his boss, not someone in a position of real responsibility. But then, you'd like to think you're not the kind of person to abandon a child in a vulnerable position just because you ostensibly aren't obligated to help them out. And you don't want to discourage him from asking for help, because-

- well, you know how easy it is for a child to be discouraged from ever asking for help from an adult again.

You turn, gesturing for him to follow you, and then walk silently away, listening for the patter of his footsteps as he hurries to catch up to you.

The silence isn't awkward enough to break you, but as the minutes stretch by, it quickly becomes evident that it is going to be enough to break Adam. You occupy yourself while you wait for him to talk by musing on what he's going to start talking about. His performance in the Gym? Peter? Maybe he's working up the nerve to ask you for recipes; that would be a novel one, though you're probably not going to be much help there.

In the end, your musings were pointless. You could never have guessed his actual question.

"Hey," he says with the kind of nervous casualness so many children his age bring to conversations with adults they only half-know. "What's your, uh, accent?" He must have seen you blink, because he rushes a hurried explanation out almost faster than his mouth can form the words; "It's just, I watched your interview during lunch. You said you were from Fiore! But I used to watch Ran- uh, a TV show, and the main character of that was from Fiore, but he doesn't sound anything like you, so-"

Finally, you decide to take pity on him. "I am from Fiore," you say, unable to keep the lilt of amusement out of your voice. "Born and raised. Spent a lot of time in Sinnoh recently, though."

He stares at you, then back down at the ground. "You don't look- never mind." His face even flushes at that, which almost makes you want to chuckle.

You know what he'd been about to say. You don't look like someone who's born in Fiore.

Fiore itself is a very temperate region. The seasons are mild, and outside of the Karakka Desert, most of the region is forested, or at least populated with shrubbery and small foliage cover. People from the region typically bear the markings of this; most Rangers from the country are pale, and darker skin is a mark of people who've married in from outside countries, or joined the Ranger program from elsewhere.

You, on the other hand-

"Well, my parents weren't born in Fiore." You look off to the side, watching Froslass as she floats up near the top of the tunnel the four of you are walking through- four? Ah, there's Rowlet, flying silently up beside her and looking at whatever she's peering at with an intrigued expression. "My mother is Unovan. My father's heritage is mixed. Paldean and Sinnohan."

It'd make your childhood really awkward. Practically every time school had gone on break, and some weeks it hadn't gone on break but both your parents had been called away, you'd had to jump on a plane and go meet up with one relative or another. Sometimes, you feel like you'd spent more time on a plane than out in field exercises with your schoolmates. It'd definitely made friendships harder until you'd met Chouji.

That thought, for some reason, makes words come spilling out of your mouth as you make your way through a side-tunnel. Adam's silent beside you, but you can see his head tilted just slightly towards you even as he scans the tunnels, looking for… something. He's listening.

"I spent a lot of time in Paldea when I was younger." You can still hear it in your voice sometimes, mostly when you get excited or passionate about a topic. Your family there speaks so much faster than people in Fiore do, and you'd somewhat adapted to that. You roll your r's a lot, too- something that had caused you a lot of trouble when you'd been in Sinnoh. "Have you ever- no, sorry. It's a lovely region. They have a mountain there, called Glaseado. Do they teach you much about it in school?"

Adam shakes his head, but he looks intrigued. Silence for a moment as you step over a large mound in the ground, boots crunching on a small pile of gravel, then; "No," he says slowly. "They don't teach us much about the other regions in school, really. They went over the First Fleet and how Cook led the first settlers to Emerald City, and a bit about Unova and Galar, but they left Paldea out of it."

Hmph.

"Well," you say, slinging your hands into a comfortable position behind your back as you walk, "I have family who live on that mountain. It's got a bit of historical significance to it, which is why I thought you might know it. My cousin still lives there- he's a fairly famous snowboarder, and he likes to talk about it in interviews."

'A bit of historical significance' is, perhaps, underselling it a bit. Glaseado is just the tallest peak of a mountain range that sits on the Paldean side of the Kalos-Paldea border. The area's naturally mountainous terrain had made it an extraordinary defensive barrier, inhibiting Kalos from launching serious invasions into the country during any of their several recurring wars. It's theorized that the frustration of various attempts at leading charges into Paldea in response to Paldean incursions into Kalos were what had eventually lead Kalos' royals to harness a Legendary and devastate the central cities of Paldea.

Well. That's not really relevant to a child anyway. Just irritating that Adam's teachers seemed not to have even mentioned it during classes.

Then again, it hadn't been brought up in your own history classes either. Your aunt had told you this one. The perils of history, you suppose; there is just so much of it that it is difficult to know more than that of one country without dedicating oneself to it.

You continue on, your internal segue having scarcely been noticed by the child as he struggles to keep up with your pace. He's a bit winded now, so you make sure to slow down so he can keep up with you a bit easier. "I didn't spend as much time in Unova, but we still went back every summer… well, winter, I guess. My grandparents lived in this little town called Lentimas Town. Less than a thousand people in it. Barely big enough for the airstrip we used to travel there."

Less than a thousand people, and more moved away with every passing year. Not many people want to live right next to such an unstable volcano- even though the volcano seems to change its mind and settle back down every few months, it tends to make most people extremely nervous to live right next to a place so potentially dangerous.

Not your grandparents, though. They're the kind of people with long, winding roots through the land. The kind of people who can stare down a volcano with conviction and say; you'd best be on your kindest behaviour, sir mountain, because the land itself will be reshaped before we step one foot outside our home, and you will bend before we do.

You've inherited that from them. Your best trait, you like to think, though you're sure you're the only one to consider it such.

Perhaps Mother has inherited it too. It would explain an awful lot.

You're speaking again, words spilling from your lips before you can linger any more on that thought. "But I spent the most time in Sinnoh," you say with a sigh, and your shoulders slump just slightly- just enough that a concerned chime floats over the wind, and you have to take a moment to collect yourself before you can wave Froslass off. "That's the accent you can hear most in my voice, probably."

Adam nods slowly. You can see the question written on his face, or maybe you're just projecting, but-

Why aren't you telling him where you lived in Sinnoh?

It doesn't matter, really. You could tell him. It's not a secret you're particularly keen on keeping. We didn't live in a town. Your father grew up in a little, isolated house, hours of travel away from each Solaceon and Hearthome, just like our house in Fiore. We lived in the wilderness; a little hut too small for him despite its ostentatious size, open to the elements such that you used to check your boots for Spinarak in the morning and go to sleep watching Volbeat draw patterns in the sky above. You and he came back every year like clockwork, four weeks of fifty-two, until it crept so strongly into your thoughts that you elected to make it home.

You open your mouth to allow the torrent of words to spill forth, and you choke on the truth that Sinnoh has become to you;

For a third of your life, you didn't live in Sinnoh, the land occupied by humans. You lived in the wild lands, near rivers and lakes and in forests and caves and hills, living not with the father who has cast his eyes from you, but instead the ten thousand thousand Pokemon who had watched you at first with wary eyes and then later with bored indifference. You lived in a dozen caves around Mount Coronet and you dined on fruits plucked from placid trees and root vegetables you dug from the earth and ate raw and you slept on the softest patches of dirt you could find and you told the time by the position of the sun as it passed by the peaks.

Really.

Now that you think about it, you've lived in the shadow of mountains your entire life.

But that answer leaves your tongue feeling numb and a chill crawling its way down your spine, so you cast instead for a way to move the topic on from your concerning silence. "How about you?" you ask finally, after near half a minute of Adam shooting you questioning glances. You pretend not to notice the way he's shuffled a bit further away from you on the footpath.

He just shrugs with another small scowl, then kicks a rock. It skitters down the tunnel stretching before the two of you, hitting the walls loudly enough that you can hear it going still dozens of metres down the gentle incline. Clunk, clunk, clunk.

"We've always lived here, I guess," he mutters. There's a bitterness in his tone, contrasting strongly with the enthusiasm he'd displayed watching you talk about Paldea and Unova. "Mama was born here, but he wasn't. He was born in some town in the mountains. He came down here to work in the mines before I was born. They bought a house here, so we don't have to worry about rent, at least. Then, well."

Well.

You can understand that bitter sentiment in his tone.

"Parents can really make life difficult for their kids sometimes." Your voice is flat, but the corner of your lip quirks up, and Adam's curls up in turn, a nasty little expression that suits him well. "Well. Looks like we're about here."

You silence your beeping Poketch with a press on the screen, then look up at the building in front of you. It's one of the local chains, at least- a member of the Independent Grocer's Guild. Not one of the big chains that have quietly formed a monopoly and pushed out most smaller grocery stores.

The store isn't set up like most other stores in town. It makes sense, after a moment's thought; the only cars you've seen down here in Halley are trucks and their smaller variants in vans, used to load and unload goods, and even most of those are parked in aboveground depots. There's not enough space down in the tunnels here for people to drive around, so everyone's had to adapt.

You cast around- ah; there. Push-cart rentals; please enter your details, the hiring time, scan your identification, pay the hiring fee, the insurance, the holding deposit, the machine operation fee, the card fee, and the actual price for a one-day hire. The sign overhead advertises just twenty-five for a one day hire; the actual price comes out to over one-hundred sixty, though it claims you will receive your one-hundred deposit back on return of the cart. How extortionate. No need to mention this to Adam, you think. It'll only cause feelings of obligation you're entirely uninterested in.

No wonder you can actually see people wandering around with Pokemon around this particular store, though. They need the extra hands to carry bags of groceries just to avoid having to pay the rental fees.

Well; no reason for you to recall your Pokemon if they're used to having Pokemon wander the aisles, then. A soft whistle has Rowlet spiralling down to land on your head, but Froslass you trust to manage on her own.

Payment made, the chain holding the push-cart in line with the others disconnects with a soft click. It's a bit larger than a normal shopping trolley, which makes it slightly difficult to control- at least until Adam rushes over from where he's been waiting to grab the front, making it significantly easier to steer.

Alright. You exhale, then start pushing the cart. "Alright," you say as energetically as you can, which… isn't. "Let's go."

Adam keeps pace with you, even partially pulling the trolley along as he goes. It seems even his energy levels are starting to flag, because he waits until the two of you have pulled into the first aisle before he manages to work up enough nerve to speak again.

"So…" He hesitates a moment, not as though trying to figure out how to phrase a question, but instead trying to figure out how to put a question into words. "How… what am I- what do I need to do to take care of him? I've been feeding him pellets the PokeMart suggested, and I found some tips online about games to play with new Pokemon and such, but it doesn't seem like… I don't think I'm doing enough."

You hum, trying to buy yourself a moment while you think.

"It's been a while since I had to care for a Sandygast," you say eventually. "Just keep that in mind, alright? I'll work with you on what I can remember, but most of what I remember is just general caring tips. Stuff for Sandygast specifically, we'll have to check online, or… actually, I know someone else who might be able to help. I'll send her a message once we're done and get back to you tomorrow, if she replies."

Well- you don't know Fantina very well at all, but you're fairly certain she'll reply. It just might take her a while. Hearthome is one of Sinnoh's most popular Gyms, and their Circuit is in full swing at the moment, having started three weeks before Laurum's. She's probably run off her feet at the moment. Best not to give him false hope about getting information quickly.

Your thoughts scatter a bit as you try to figure out how to approach this. The practice of caring for your Pokemon is something so ingrained in your daily activities that it's actually hard for you to try and separate it out into words you can express for Adam.

Then;

Rowlet flutters off your head, off to the side of the aisles, and lands expectantly next to a box of honey-flavoured treats. He looks at you expectantly, curling a wing around the box.

You can only let out a soft sigh of exasperation, then wheel the trolley closer to him and bap him in his nose. He crosses his eyes to look at your finger, then uncrosses you to give you an indignant look- then huffs himself as you push the box properly back onto the shelf. "No, Rowlet." Your voice is a murmur, even as you hear something else being pushed into the trolley. "Your stomach always hurts when you eat honey, remember?"

He looks up at you with a plaintive expression. You can almost hear him talking to you; it doesn't matter! They're delicious! It's worth a stomach-ache!

But no. You lift him up and place him back on your head, then move away from the shelf, ignoring his long-suffering little chirp-sighs as you do-

- and that provides you with as good a segue into your thoughts as you're likely to get, anyway.

"There's a lot of things involved in caring for a Pokemon properly, but it's pretty simple when it comes down to it." Your voice takes on a lilting cadence you're familiar with; lecture mode. "TV and the like have convinced people that you need to worry about brushing them down and stuff like it, but that's all cosmetic stuff. Good to do, but it's not… it's not really the point."

Adam huffs out a little sardonic laugh. "It'd be hard to brush Sandygast down anyway," he says, a self-mocking curve of his lips giving context to the statement.

You shrug. "From what I remember, they can absorb filth from their environments." Cleaning up litter off the beach had been a weekly job as a cadet; the Muk and Sandygast littering the coasts would absorb them if they were left untended for too long, and it tended to make them sick. "Good to filter out the sand on occasion, probably. Stop it getting too dirty. Still not really the point, though."

A gesture has Rowlet fly down off your hand, landing in front of you and giving Adam an inscrutable expression. You wait a moment, thinking, then tilt your head.

"Let's use Rowlet here as an example." You pat the little Pokemon on the head, causing him to preen and fluff out his wings to look as impressive as possible in front of the kid. "Most people just feed Rowlet small prey, with the occasional supplement to make up for any deficiencies if the feed was poor quality. No, don't get me wrong-" Adam's looking suspiciously around at that, and you're pretty sure you know where his thoughts are going. "That's not mistreatment. That's what Rowlet eat in the wild, and a Trainer who's done some research can make up for those nutritional deficiencies really easily. But…"

Again, you have to cast around for the words to express your thoughts. It takes you a few moments to dredge them up before you can continue.

"Pokemon are really unique creatures." A Breloom you pass in the aisle turns to look at you as you push the cart past, though whether it's out of idle curiosity or offense at your words, you can't tell. "Kind of like humans. Most humans don't actually care for their nutritional balance very well at all." For some reason, you think you can hear a chime from Froslass at those words, echoing across half the supermarket just to reach your ears. How strange. Too bad she isn't here to actually glare at you; like this, she's really easy to ignore. "People just eat what they eat, and as long as it fills their stomachs, that's fine. It gives them the energy they need to get through the day, and that's enough for most people. But there's a whole lot of nutrients that help your body do its job better. Iron, calcium, magnesium, the various vitamins, A, C, B, D, so on, and all their sub-categories too. Potassium, fibers. Actually watching your nutrition is a lot of effort that most people won't put in when they can get along just fine without it. And it's kind of like that for Pokemon, too. Rowlet could get away with just eating small game, and he'd do fine. But wild game isn't actually very high in certain nutrients, like calcium, and they need a surprising amount of amino acids to keep their plumage shiny and encourage feather growth- without that, they can have trouble making small adjustments in flight, which makes it more difficult to manipulate Flying-type energy too. There's some easy adjustments you can make to their diet to help to adjust for this, though. Collard greens and spinaches are good sources of calcium, though you have to be wary of…"

You trail off, suddenly aware of just how quickly you'd been speaking, words fighting over each other to come tumbling out of your mouth first- and just how many people around you are watching, their brows turned down in disapproval or open shock at someone so openly disrupting the peace of the supermarket.

Adam, of course. He's watching you with a look you can't decipher- shock, certainly, but not the cruel kind. Warm surprise, maybe, though you're not sure how that makes any sense when you'd just spent so long lecturing him.

Everyone else, though-

You reflexively scowl at them, shoving your hands deep into your jacket pockets without thinking- then pulling one back out and slamming it down on the cart handle when it starts rolling away. Your scowl turns into a glare, and half the other patrons in the aisle scowl back at you, then turn back to their own little groups, whispering nasty little comments to each other you can half-hear from here.

"You get the point," you mutter.

"Wait, I-"

You shove the cart forward maybe a little harder than necessary- it's safe, since Adam isn't currently holding onto it. "Let's just go," you grumble. "You got the point anyway. There's a bit more to it, but we can go over that when we're not… here."

It takes a few minutes for that tension to fade some from your shoulders and neck. Your breathing isn't uneven, but your chest and lungs still feel tense somehow, like you're expecting to be breathing improperly even though you aren't. The feeling fades after a couple more aisles, though, and you're able to bring yourself back to talking about Pokemon care- though your words are back to being brief and clipped now.

It's just a subject you feel strongly about.

The elements are pretty simple. Diet, exercise, habitat, enrichment. For a Pokemon like Sandygast, the diet is fairly simple; they're 'carnivorous' creatures insofar as they eat live prey, but they don't actually need to eat the meat of whatever they kill. Instead, they slowly drain the vitality out of it. Live insect meal is a good call for this, though you do have to bring up the idea of small game as well- the few non-Pokemon rodents that are around are bred for exactly this kind of purpose. Adam seems no keener on that than you are.

As a Gym Trainer, Adam should have a much easier time providing his Sandygast with appropriate exercise- meaning here, fights- and a good habitat than most. It's one of the reasons why the positions are coveted in healthier cities. A few years working at a Gym can strengthen a Pokemon much more than many Trainers can manage while wandering around the various Routes.

And enrichment-

Well, there's no cheat sheet for that one. Adam's just going to have to get to know his Sandygast better and learn what it likes so the two of them can bond better.

"I think battling actually helps there," he muses as the two of you finally walk down to the checkout line. "It's like… it's easier to tell how he's feeling when we're battling. I can tell when he's frustrated, and it's easier for him to get what I'm trying to tell him even if I mess up my words."

You nod, even though he can't see it from there. "A lot of Trainers feel the same at first." You tilt your head up at the ceiling for a moment, catching a glimpse of flickering white against the grey tiles that dot the roof, and a smile slides its way over your face for just a moment. "I struggled to understand my first Pokemon when I caught her."

It wasn't battling you and Snorunt had bonded over, though. The two of you had bonded over shrieking moments of laughter in the afternoon as you'd gone out to play with the Wurmple colony near your house in Fiore, as you'd gone out to explore the cave filled with Geodude near your house. Exploration and joy had been the name of the game back then. Battling was always more Froslass' thing, later on.

Your conversation has to be put on hold when the two of you get to the checkout. The trolley is fairly full, and it's late enough at night by now that you feel somewhat guilty at taking up the time of the workers here now. Best to get it over with as quickly as possible.

Of course, as quickly as possible is a relative term. This late at night, the checkouts are not staffed with the store's quickest workers, nor workers who particularly care to be here at.. nine at night. Quite understandable, really. The two of you work together to stack items on the conveyor belt as fast as the cashier can scan them, but after you've filled it the first time, it's not really a job that requires two people.

So, for the most part, while Adam loads a scarily expensive amount of food for his family and a tiny amount of food for you onto the belt, you just stand around watching the store.

Most of your attention is focused on the security guards standing by the front door of the supermarket. Their presence is mostly pointless, given that any determined thief could most certainly fight their way through them- honestly, you're fairly certain that Rowlet could fight all five of their Pokemon at once and come out on top; even Adam's Sandygast, freshly caught a month ago, could likely take one in a one-on-one fight.

You understand, of course, that they're there more as a deterrent than as an actual response force. There's little they could do to apprehend someone, given the collateral damage an actual fight would inevitably entail.

But still.

You hadn't actually seen security guards posted so visibly near the entrance until recently. A spate of thefts over the past two weeks is responsible, probably. You've been keeping an eye on your email in case the local police email you for your help in catching whoever's responsible, but, well.

You're not expecting them to reach out any time soon.

Still keeping an eye out just in case, though.

Finally, the cashier finishes running everything through on your side as well as Adam's. You'd considered briefly trying to mix it all up so you could just pay for everything yourself, but you don't think you could get away with doing so without making it obvious what you're doing- and you just don't want to deal with a kid's bruised ego right now, not when you've already ruined one kid's week today.

From there, it's a simple walk back to Adam's home. You regale him with stories of Snorunt as you walk; stories of the silly games you'd played on beaches and the time you'd accidentally enraged a Weepinbell in the fields nearby and had to play hide-and-seek to try and avoid its stinging whip attacks.

The purpose is simple, but at the same time very, very complex.

People have this very strange habit of treating connecting with Pokemon like it's any different like trying to build a connection with another human. It's all the same thing, in the end. Find the bits of you that want the same thing the Pokemon does. Find the bits of you that feel warm around the Pokemon, and the bits of your Pokemon that brighten near you. Take that newfound connection, and every single day, build it just a little bit more.

Be kind. Be driven. Be sad, be playful, be tired. Just be yourself.

But you can't just say that to him. Not because he wouldn't take it in- he probably would. He might not understand, but he'd take it in and give it some thought.

You just- can't. You'd choke on the words if you tried.

The walk back to Adam's house is significant again- about another half hour's walk pushing the push-cart. You see two others travelling home with their own push-carts as you go, though they split off into separate tunnels early on into the walk, heading to different parts of Halley entirely.

It's a laborious task, pushing such a heavy cart up and down the winding tunnels, but eventually you manage to make it all the way to Adam's house. Your muscles thank you as you finally push the cart into place beside their front door, only to tense up again in faux-anger as Rowlet chirps smugly atop your head, mocking you for having put in so much physical effort here. Froslass chimes in from behind, though when you glance over to her, she's already disappeared from sight, heading into the neighbouring building. Hopefully everyone inside is asleep or inattentive.

"Yeah, yeah," you scowl at the little Pokemon, who looks back at you unrepentantly. "Whatever. Do you need help bringing it all inside?"

Adam shakes his head, already pulling a set of keys out from his pocket. "My sister will help me," he says, then holds up his hand in front of his mouth to try and stifle a huge yawn. "Thanks for helping us out again, though. I really appreciate it, and all your advice… even if it was a bit weird." He gives you a cheeky grin at that, so you just shake your head at him with a smile you can't really hide before you grab your own singular bag of groceries out.

The door unlocks with a click, and another girl who looks to be even younger than Adam- of course she is; he's the eldest of his siblings- slips out the door. She pauses on seeing you, then looks uncertainly at Adam, who looks over to you-

And that's your cue to go, before the awkward introductions start.

"See you tomorrow," you say perfunctorily, giving him a short wave, and ignoring their bewildered looks, you turn and head away.

It's fine. You have other things you need to focus on anyway.

You pull out your phone as you walk away, sending a quick text to Fantina before you forget, then flick open your emails. A couple more have come through, but nothing urgent- two emails from your food supplier from your gym about upcoming increases in prices and a correction to their earlier email, and an email following up about a marketing campaign you'd contacted a local radio station about.

Well. You can deal with that a bit later; the campaign won't kick off for a month or so anyway, and you haven't decided quite what you're going to be advertising just yet. Maybe a tournament, maybe something else.

Right now, your attention is focused on a different text you'd received around noon today.

Roland: Briar and I will be arriving tomorrow. We won't be able to stay long, but there's a handful of things we need to attend to in the area, so we might be able to extend our stay up to four days. I look forward to seeing your Gym in action. Please let me know if there's anything else you need my help with while I'm in town.

You sigh, then shove your phone back in your pockets- then sigh again and pull it back out, re-opening the text chain with him.

Great.

Well, you weren't going to try and hide the Peter incident from him anyway, so it's probably a good thing overall. He'll probably have a better idea how to prevent this kind of thing from happening again than you do.




Of course, Roland does have a handful of suggestions on how Morgan can approach people new to their Gym. There are no perfect solutions, but aside from simple suggestions like tailoring the level of tension in the Gym's lighting and ambience to the challenger's badge level, he has one simple (yet really, very complicated) idea to offer;

Why don't you reach out to schools in the area? You can try and pass your message on to kids before they get to your Gym, so they're a bit more prepared on what challenge you're going to present them with.

The problem is, as ever, deciding exactly what you're going to contact the schools about.

[ ] You are going to talk to the school about Starters.

Before you even came to Laurum, you rescued a group of baby Spheal. You haven't put much thought into them since; you'd assumed they'd either been assigned to League trainers or returned to the wild in varied locations around the country so as to not disrupt ecosystems overmuch. It turns out that isn't quite accurate.

The Spheal were babies in truth- only a few weeks old at the time you'd rescued them. They've had trouble adapting to life away from the only home they'd known. This combination of weakness and discomfort has meant that no League trainers have asked to take one into their team, and their caretakes have been reluctant to suggest releasing them into the wild without perhaps up to a year more spent preparing them for life on their own.

This does mean they are in a fairly unique place; they are, through no deliberate fault of anyone involved, in a prime position to be adopted by any young children who might take a shine to them.

Ordinarily, it would be left up to one of the region's Professors to come to Halley for a week and assign starters based on various compatibility factors to any children who might need one. Now, as Roland points out, this instead opens an opportunity for you to take a stab at doing the job instead. And, conveniently, he's even in a position still to be able to have those Spheal sent over before time! Just great.

In turn; you will remember what it was like to be a child, so excited to connect with your first Pokemon. Grey was not always the colour of the world. Sometimes, it is good to be reminded of that.

[ ] You are going to talk to the school about the Wilds.

One of the problems with Trainer Academies is that the qualities that make for a good teacher rarely make for a powerful Trainer.

Well, that is a little unfair. There are teachers who are also powerful trainers; Lorelei is an example of this phenomenon. Teachers are also caretakers of young people, and this translates well to the skillset necessary to care for Pokemon. However, it is also not a particularly well-paying career, nor is it one that leaves weeks and weeks free to travel and explore. That is what you mean when you say that the qualities that make for a good teacher rarely make for a powerful Trainer; it is simply a profession that asks you to spend much of yourself to nurture the next generation, and so there is little time left for other pursuits.

This is unfortunate, for it means that there are so many places and so many things that teachers simply cannot offer their students. You can offer them that, though.

This is what you can offer the school; you can chaperone an excursion out to the network of Steelix tunnels some distance west of Halley. There are buses that pass nearby, so you will not need to escort them there and back, only to the tunnels themselves; convenient, since that would take up most of two entire days which you cannot justify spending away from your Gym. One day is pushing it already so early on.

And, while there, you can teach them of the majesty of nature, and the history that governs the world even in such small microcosms of the world.

In turn; you will be given a fresh perspective on the world. Though you have more experience with the wilds than near anyone else in this town, there is more to the world than could ever be seen and experienced in a hundred lifetimes; and sometimes it is the simplest perspectives that see the most. It would be good for you to be reminded of this.

[ ] You are going to talk to the school about Journeys.

You are not going to speak to them about allowing students in the Academy preferential treatment into your own Gym during the course of a journey, of course. If a student there wishes to challenge you, they must follow the same procedure as all other challengers.

What you are going to speak to them of is something more general than that. You are going to participate in a frank discussion about the importance of seeing the world.

Halley is such a small place. You cannot say this to the students, but it is true. This town holds people, squeezing them tight in its grip and refusing to ever let go. It is for reasons like this that journeys are so important. They encourage these people on the cusp of self-realization and maturity to go out and discover themselves, to discover their place in this world and open their hearts to it.

It is for this reason that the League exists; it is an institution built to support all those who would up and wander the world trying to understand their own hearts. It is an institution that breathes history and wonder, and by passing through it, seeks to impart those same qualities into the young and the restless. It is not perfect; but is anything?

And so you will go to the Academy, and you will speak to the children of what the League is to you, and what the world has taught you; and in turn you will hear what they think the world has to teach them, and what wonder has yet to be stamped out of them.

In turn; you will come to understand their perspective of the League and its institutions. You will understand a little bit more what it is you are doing in this town, and why it is you have arrived here. There is value in this, even if it is perhaps less valuable to you as a person than other lessons you might learn here.
 
Back
Top